diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
209 files changed, 4996 insertions, 2872 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..421ce6825c66 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /config/stp-policy +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + This group contains policies mandating Master/Channel allocation + for software sources wishing to send trace data over an STM + device. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy> +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + This group is the root of a policy; its name is a concatenation + of an stm device name to which this policy applies and an + arbitrary string. If <device> part doesn't match an existing + stm device, mkdir will fail with ENODEV; if that device already + has a policy assigned to it, mkdir will fail with EBUSY. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/device +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + STM device to which this policy applies, read only. Same as the + <device> component of its parent directory. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/<node> +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + Policy node is a string identifier that software clients will + use to request a master/channel to be allocated and assigned to + them. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/<node>/masters +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + Range of masters from which to allocate for users of this node. + Write two numbers: the first master and the last master number. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/<node>/channels +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + Range of channels from which to allocate for users of this node. + Write two numbers: the first channel and the last channel + number. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block index 8df003963d99..71d184dbb70d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block @@ -60,6 +60,13 @@ Description: Indicates whether a storage device is capable of storing integrity metadata. Set if the device is T10 PI-capable. +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/protection_interval_bytes +Date: July 2015 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Describes the number of data bytes which are protected + by one integrity tuple. Typically the device's logical + block size. What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/write_generate Date: June 2008 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x index d72ca1736ba4..924265a1295d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x @@ -8,13 +8,6 @@ Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace entiry. of coresight components linking the source to the sink is configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework. -What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/status -Date: November 2014 -KernelVersion: 3.19 -Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) List various control and status registers. The specific - layout and content is driver specific. - What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_idx Date: November 2014 KernelVersion: 3.19 @@ -251,3 +244,79 @@ Date: November 2014 KernelVersion: 3.19 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> Description: (RW) Define the event that controls the trigger. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cpu +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Holds the cpu number this tracer is affined to. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmccr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Configuration Code register + (0x004). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmccer +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Configuration Code Extension + register (0x1e8). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmscr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM System Configuration + register (0x014). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmidr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM ID register (0x1e4). The + value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmcr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Main Control register (0x000). + The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtraceidr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace ID register (0x200). + The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmteevr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace Enable Event register + (0x020). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtsscr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace Start/Stop Conrol + register (0x018). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtecr1 +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Enable Conrol #1 + register (0x024). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtecr2 +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Enable Conrol #2 + register (0x01c). The value is read directly from the HW. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio index 42d360fe66a5..0439c2aaf741 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -581,6 +581,7 @@ What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_either_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_en KernelVersion: 2.6.37 @@ -1459,3 +1460,34 @@ Description: measurements and return the average value as output data. Each value resulted from <type>[_name]_oversampling_ratio measurements is considered as one sample for <type>[_name]_sampling_frequency. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_co2_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_co2_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_voc_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_voc_raw +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) percentage reading of a substance. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistance_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistanceX_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_resistance_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_resistanceX_raw +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) resistance reading that can be processed + into an ohm value. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/heater_enable +KernelVersion: 4.1.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + '1' (enable) or '0' (disable) specifying the enable + of heater function. Same reading values apply + This ABI is especially applicable for humidity sensors + to heatup the device and get rid of any condensation + in some humidity environment diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f30b4c424fb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_sensing_mode +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2.0 +Contact: source@cogentembedded.com +Description: + Program sensor type for threshold detector inputs. + Could be either "GND-Open" or "Supply-Open" mode. Y is a + threshold detector input channel. Channels 0..7, 8..15, 16..23 + and 24..31 has common sensor types. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_value +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2.0 +Contact: source@cogentembedded.com +Description: + Channel Y low voltage threshold. If sensor input voltage goes lower then + this value then the threshold falling event is pushed. + Depending on in_voltageY_sensing_mode the low voltage threshold + is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes. + Channels 0..31 have common low threshold values, but could have different + sensing_modes. + The low voltage threshold range is between 2..21V. + Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and + can not be odd. + If falling threshold results hysteresis to odd value then rising + threshold is automatically subtracted by one. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_value +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2.0 +Contact: source@cogentembedded.com +Description: + Channel Y high voltage threshold. If sensor input voltage goes higher then + this value then the threshold rising event is pushed. + Depending on in_voltageY_sensing_mode the high voltage threshold + is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes. + Channels 0..31 have common high threshold values, but could have different + sensing_modes. + The high voltage threshold range is between 3..22V. + Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and + can not be odd. + If rising threshold results hysteresis to odd value then falling + threshold is automatically appended by one. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c0c1ea924535 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_VOC_short_raw +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the raw calibration VOC value from the sensor. + This value has little application outside of calibration. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b72bb62552cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw_available +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Controls the heater device within the humidity sensor to get + rid of excess condensation. + + Valid control values are 0 = OFF, and 1 = ON. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1a6265e92e2f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/battery_low +KernelVersion: 4.1.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns either '1' or '0'. '1' means that the + battery level supplied to sensor is below 2.25V. + This ABI is available for tsys02d, htu21, ms8607 + This ABI is available for htu21, ms8607 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs index bbb039237a25..04ac62305018 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs @@ -18,3 +18,25 @@ Description: trigger. In order to associate the trigger with an IIO device one should write this name string to /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceY/trigger/current_trigger. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio_sysfs_trigger/add_trigger +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is provided by the iio-trig-sysfs stand-alone + driver and it is used to activate the creation of a new trigger. + In order to achieve this, one should write a positive integer + into the associated file, which will serve as the id of the + trigger. If the trigger with the specified id is already present + in the system, an invalid argument message will be returned. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio_sysfs_trigger/remove_trigger +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to unregister and delete a previously + created trigger from the list of available triggers. In order to + achieve this, one should write a positive integer into the + associated file, representing the id of the trigger that needs + to be removed. If the trigger can't be found, an invalid + argument message will be returned to the user. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..22d0843849a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/masters/* +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure output ports for STP masters. Writing -1 + disables a master; any + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_port +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RO) Output port type: + 0: not present, + 1: MSU (Memory Storage Unit) + 2: CTP (Common Trace Port) + 4: PTI (MIPI PTI). + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_drop +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Data retention policy setting: keep (0) or drop (1) + incoming data while output port is in reset. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_null +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) STP NULL packet generation: enabled (1) or disabled (0). + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_flush +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Force flush data from byte packing buffer for the output + port. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_reset +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RO) Output port is in reset (1). + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_smcfreq +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) STP sync packet frequency for the port. Specifies the + number of clocks between mainenance packets. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b940c5d91cf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/wrap +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure MSC buffer wrapping. 1 == wrapping enabled. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/mode +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure MSC operating mode: + - "single", for contiguous buffer mode (high-order alloc); + - "multi", for multiblock mode; + - "ExI", for DCI handler mode; + - "debug", for debug mode. + If operating mode changes, existing buffer is deallocated, + provided there are no active users and tracing is not enabled, + otherwise the write will fail. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/nr_pages +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure MSC buffer size for "single" or "multi" modes. + In single mode, this is a single number of pages, has to be + power of 2. In multiblock mode, this is a comma-separated list + of numbers of pages for each window to be allocated. Number of + windows is not limited. + Writing to this file deallocates existing buffer (provided + there are no active users and tracing is not enabled) and then + allocates a new one. + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..df0b24fd0218 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-pti/mode +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure PTI output width. Currently supported values + are 4, 8, 12, 16. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-pti/freerunning_clock +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) 0: PTI trace clock acts as a strobe which only toggles + when there is trace data to send. 1: PTI trace clock is a + free-running clock. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-pti/clock_divider +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure PTI port clock divider: + - 0: Intel TH clock rate, + - 1: 1/2 Intel TH clock rate, + - 2: 1/4 Intel TH clock rate, + - 3: 1/8 Intel TH clock rate. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4d48a9451866 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-<device><id>/active +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Writes of 1 or 0 enable or disable trace output to this + output device. Reads return current status. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/port +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RO) Port number, corresponding to this output device on the + switch (GTH). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei index 20e4d1638bac..6bd45346ac7e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei @@ -19,3 +19,10 @@ KernelVersion: 4.2 Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Description: Stores mei client device uuid Format: xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../version +Date: Aug 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client protocol version + Format: %d diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb index 864637f25bee..3a4abfc44f5e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -1,3 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/INTERFACE/authorized +Date: August 2015 +Description: + This allows to authorize (1) or deauthorize (0) + individual interfaces instead a whole device + in contrast to the device authorization. + If a deauthorized interface will be authorized + so the driver probing must be triggered manually + by writing INTERFACE to /sys/bus/usb/drivers_probe + This allows to avoid side-effects with drivers + that need multiple interfaces. + A deauthorized interface cannot be probed or claimed. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/interface_authorized_default +Date: August 2015 +Description: + This is used as value that determines if interfaces + would be authorized by default. + The value can be 1 or 0. It's by default 1. + What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../authorized Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.26 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..23056c532fdd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +What: /sys/class/fpga_manager/<fpga>/name +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com> +Description: Name of low level fpga manager driver. + +What: /sys/class/fpga_manager/<fpga>/state +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com> +Description: Read fpga manager state as a string. + The intent is to provide enough detail that if something goes + wrong during FPGA programming (something that the driver can't + fix) then userspace can know, i.e. if the firmware request + fails, that could be due to not being able to find the firmware + file. + + This is a superset of FPGA states and fpga manager driver + states. The fpga manager driver is walking through these steps + to get the FPGA into a known operating state. It's a sequence, + though some steps may get skipped. Valid FPGA states will vary + by manufacturer; this is a superset. + + * unknown = can't determine state + * power off = FPGA power is off + * power up = FPGA reports power is up + * reset = FPGA held in reset state + * firmware request = firmware class request in progress + * firmware request error = firmware request failed + * write init = preparing FPGA for programming + * write init error = Error while preparing FPGA for + programming + * write = FPGA ready to receive image data + * write error = Error while programming + * write complete = Doing post programming steps + * write complete error = Error while doing post programming + * operating = FPGA is programmed and operating diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic.txt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic.txt index 13f48afc534f..d45eed2bf128 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic.txt +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic.txt @@ -41,18 +41,15 @@ Description: When read, this entry provides the current state of an Intel MIC device in the context of the card OS. Possible values that will be read are: - "offline" - The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS. On + "ready" - The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS. On reading this entry after an OSPM resume, a "boot" has to be written to this entry if the card was previously shutdown during OSPM suspend. - "online" - The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS. + "booting" - The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS. + "online" - The MIC device has completed boot and is online "shutting_down" - The card OS is shutting down. + "resetting" - A reset has been initiated for the MIC device "reset_failed" - The MIC device has failed to reset. - "suspending" - The MIC device is currently being prepared for - suspend. On reading this entry, a "suspend" has to be written - to the state sysfs entry to ensure the card is shutdown during - OSPM suspend. - "suspended" - The MIC device has been suspended. When written, this sysfs entry triggers different state change operations depending upon the current state of the card OS. @@ -62,8 +59,6 @@ Description: sysfs entries. "reset" - Initiates device reset. "shutdown" - Initiates card OS shutdown. - "suspend" - Initiates card OS shutdown and also marks the card - as suspended. What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/shutdown_status Date: October 2013 @@ -126,7 +121,7 @@ Description: the card. This sysfs entry can be written with the following valid strings: a) linux - Boot a Linux image. - b) elf - Boot an elf image for flash updates. + b) flash - Boot an image for flash updates. What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/log_buf_addr Date: October 2013 @@ -155,3 +150,17 @@ Description: daemon to set the log buffer length address. The correct log buffer length address to be written can be found in the System.map file of the card OS. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/heartbeat_enable +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com> +Description: + The MIC drivers detect and inform user space about card crashes + via a heartbeat mechanism (see the description of + shutdown_status above). User space can turn off this + notification by setting heartbeat_enable to 0 and enable it by + setting this entry to 1. If this notification is disabled it is + the responsibility of user space to detect card crashes via + alternative means such as a network ping. This setting is + enabled by default. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power index 369d2a2d7d3e..fa05719f9981 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power @@ -74,3 +74,61 @@ Description: Valid values: - 0 - 70 (minutes), step by 10 (rounded down) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/ovp_voltage +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> +Description: + This entry configures the overvoltage protection feature of bq24257- + type charger devices. This feature protects the device and other + components against damage from overvoltage on the input supply. See + device datasheet for details. + + Valid values: + - 6000000, 6500000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 9500000, 10000000, + 10500000 (all uV) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/in_dpm_voltage +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> +Description: + This entry configures the input dynamic power path management voltage of + bq24257-type charger devices. Once the supply drops to the configured + voltage, the input current limit is reduced down to prevent the further + drop of the supply. When the IC enters this mode, the charge current is + lower than the set value. See device datasheet for details. + + Valid values: + - 4200000, 4280000, 4360000, 4440000, 4520000, 4600000, 4680000, + 4760000 (all uV) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/high_impedance_enable +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> +Description: + This entry allows enabling the high-impedance mode of bq24257-type + charger devices. If enabled, it places the charger IC into low power + standby mode with the switch mode controller disabled. When disabled, + the charger operates normally. See device datasheet for details. + + Valid values: + - 1: enabled + - 0: disabled + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/sysoff_enable +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> +Description: + This entry allows enabling the sysoff mode of bq24257-type charger + devices. If enabled and the input is removed, the internal battery FET + is turned off in order to reduce the leakage from the BAT pin to less + than 1uA. Note that on some devices/systems this disconnects the battery + from the system. See device datasheet for details. + + Valid values: + - 1: enabled + - 0: disabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c9aa4f3fc9a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/class/stm/<stm>/masters +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows first and last available to software master numbers on + this STM device. + +What: /sys/class/stm/<stm>/channels +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the number of channels per master on this STM device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..57b8dd39bbf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/class/stm_source/<stm_source>/stm_source_link +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: + stm_source device linkage to stm device, where its tracing data + is directed. Reads return an existing connection or "<none>" if + this stm_source is not connected to any stm device yet. + Write an existing (registered) stm device's name here to + connect that device. If a device is already connected to this + stm_source, it will first be disconnected. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi index 7d1435bc976c..9921ef285899 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/ +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/ Date: August 2012 Kernel Version: 3.6 Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com @@ -8,9 +8,14 @@ Description: folder makes sense. The folder path can be got by command 'find /sys/ -name 'pcrs''. For the detail information of PPI, please refer to the PPI specification from + http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/ -What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/version + In Linux 4.2 ppi was moved to the character device directory. + A symlink from tpmX/device/ppi to tpmX/ppi to provide backwards + compatibility. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/version Date: August 2012 Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com Description: @@ -18,7 +23,7 @@ Description: platform. This file is readonly. -What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/request +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/request Date: August 2012 Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com Description: @@ -28,7 +33,7 @@ Description: integer value range from 1 to 160, and 0 means no request. This file can be read and written. -What: /sys/devices/pnp0/00:<bus-num>/ppi/response +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/response Date: August 2012 Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com Description: @@ -37,7 +42,7 @@ Description: : <response description>". This file is readonly. -What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/transition_action +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/transition_action Date: August 2012 Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com Description: @@ -47,7 +52,7 @@ Description: description>". This file is readonly. -What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/tcg_operations +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/tcg_operations Date: August 2012 Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com Description: @@ -58,7 +63,7 @@ Description: This attribute is only supported by PPI version 1.2+. This file is readonly. -What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/vs_operations +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/vs_operations Date: August 2012 Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com Description: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs index 2c4cc42006e8..0345f2d1c727 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs @@ -80,3 +80,15 @@ Date: February 2015 Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> Description: Controls the trimming rate in batch mode. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/cp_interval +Date: October 2015 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: + Controls the checkpoint timing. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ra_nid_pages +Date: October 2015 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao2.yu@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the count of nid pages to be readaheaded. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power index f4551816329e..50b368d490b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power @@ -256,3 +256,15 @@ Description: Writing a "1" enables this printing while writing a "0" disables it. The default value is "0". Reading from this file will display the current value. + +What: /sys/power/pm_wakeup_irq +Date: April 2015 +Contact: Alexandra Yates <alexandra.yates@linux.intel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_wakeup_irq file reports to user space the IRQ + number of the first wakeup interrupt (that is, the first + interrupt from an IRQ line armed for system wakeup) seen by the + kernel during the most recent system suspend/resume cycle. + + This output is useful for system wakeup diagnostics of spurious + wakeup interrupts. diff --git a/Documentation/Changes b/Documentation/Changes index 268a849c4cc0..ec97b77c8b00 100644 --- a/Documentation/Changes +++ b/Documentation/Changes @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ o udev 081 # udevd --version o grub 0.93 # grub --version || grub-install --version o mcelog 0.6 # mcelog --version o iptables 1.4.2 # iptables -V -o openssl & libcrypto 1.0.1k # openssl version +o openssl & libcrypto 1.0.0 # openssl version o bc 1.06.95 # bc --version diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl index aac9357d4866..f9b9ad7894f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl @@ -154,8 +154,9 @@ !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_scan_request !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_scan_done !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_bss -!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame -!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_inform_bss_width +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_inform_bss +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data +!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_inform_bss_data !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_unlink_bss !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_find_ie !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_bss_get_ie diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl index 1d6008d51b55..42a2d8593e39 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl @@ -221,6 +221,9 @@ X!Isound/sound_firmware.c <title>Media Devices</title> <sect1><title>Video2Linux devices</title> +!Iinclude/media/tuner.h +!Iinclude/media/tuner-types.h +!Iinclude/media/tveeprom.h !Iinclude/media/v4l2-async.h !Iinclude/media/v4l2-ctrls.h !Iinclude/media/v4l2-dv-timings.h @@ -231,6 +234,7 @@ X!Isound/sound_firmware.c !Iinclude/media/v4l2-of.h !Iinclude/media/v4l2-subdev.h !Iinclude/media/videobuf2-core.h +!Iinclude/media/videobuf2-v4l2.h !Iinclude/media/videobuf2-memops.h </sect1> <sect1><title>Digital TV (DVB) devices</title> @@ -239,15 +243,82 @@ X!Isound/sound_firmware.c !Idrivers/media/dvb-core/dvb_math.h !Idrivers/media/dvb-core/dvb_ringbuffer.h !Idrivers/media/dvb-core/dvbdev.h - </sect1> - <sect1><title>Remote Controller devices</title> + <sect1><title>Digital TV Demux API</title> + <para>The kernel demux API defines a driver-internal interface for + registering low-level, hardware specific driver to a hardware + independent demux layer. It is only of interest for Digital TV + device driver writers. The header file for this API is named + <constant>demux.h</constant> and located in + <constant>drivers/media/dvb-core</constant>.</para> + + <para>The demux API should be implemented for each demux in the + system. It is used to select the TS source of a demux and to manage + the demux resources. When the demux client allocates a resource via + the demux API, it receives a pointer to the API of that + resource.</para> + <para>Each demux receives its TS input from a DVB front-end or from + memory, as set via this demux API. In a system with more than one + front-end, the API can be used to select one of the DVB front-ends + as a TS source for a demux, unless this is fixed in the HW platform. + The demux API only controls front-ends regarding to their connections + with demuxes; the APIs used to set the other front-end parameters, + such as tuning, are not defined in this document.</para> + <para>The functions that implement the abstract interface demux should + be defined static or module private and registered to the Demux + core for external access. It is not necessary to implement every + function in the struct <constant>dmx_demux</constant>. For example, + a demux interface might support Section filtering, but not PES + filtering. The API client is expected to check the value of any + function pointer before calling the function: the value of NULL means + that the “function is not available”.</para> + <para>Whenever the functions of the demux API modify shared data, + the possibilities of lost update and race condition problems should + be addressed, e.g. by protecting parts of code with mutexes.</para> + <para>Note that functions called from a bottom half context must not + sleep. Even a simple memory allocation without using GFP_ATOMIC can + result in a kernel thread being put to sleep if swapping is needed. + For example, the Linux kernel calls the functions of a network device + interface from a bottom half context. Thus, if a demux API function + is called from network device code, the function must not sleep. + </para> + </sect1> + + <section id="demux_callback_api"> + <title>Demux Callback API</title> + <para>This kernel-space API comprises the callback functions that + deliver filtered data to the demux client. Unlike the other DVB + kABIs, these functions are provided by the client and called from + the demux code.</para> + <para>The function pointers of this abstract interface are not + packed into a structure as in the other demux APIs, because the + callback functions are registered and used independent of each + other. As an example, it is possible for the API client to provide + several callback functions for receiving TS packets and no + callbacks for PES packets or sections.</para> + <para>The functions that implement the callback API need not be + re-entrant: when a demux driver calls one of these functions, + the driver is not allowed to call the function again before + the original call returns. If a callback is triggered by a + hardware interrupt, it is recommended to use the Linux + “bottom half” mechanism or start a tasklet instead of + making the callback function call directly from a hardware + interrupt.</para> + <para>This mechanism is implemented by + <link linkend='API-dmx-ts-cb'>dmx_ts_cb()</link> and + <link linkend='API-dmx-section-cb'>dmx_section_cb()</link>.</para> + </section> + +!Idrivers/media/dvb-core/demux.h + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Remote Controller devices</title> !Iinclude/media/rc-core.h - </sect1> - <sect1><title>Media Controller devices</title> +!Iinclude/media/lirc_dev.h + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Media Controller devices</title> !Iinclude/media/media-device.h !Iinclude/media/media-devnode.h !Iinclude/media/media-entity.h - </sect1> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/iio.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/iio.tmpl index 06bb53de5a47..98be322673da 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/iio.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/iio.tmpl @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ work together. </para> <sect2 id="iiotrigbufsetup"> <title> IIO triggered buffer setup</title> -!Edrivers/iio/industrialio-triggered-buffer.c +!Edrivers/iio/buffer/industrialio-triggered-buffer.c !Finclude/linux/iio/iio.h iio_buffer_setup_ops diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml index 858fd7d17104..8576481e20ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml @@ -125,9 +125,6 @@ Added ISDB-T test originally written by Patrick Boettcher &sub-audio; </section> </chapter> - <chapter id="dvb_kdapi"> - &sub-kdapi; - </chapter> <chapter id="dvb_examples"> &sub-examples; </chapter> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 68bcd33a82c3..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2309 +0,0 @@ -<title>Kernel Demux API</title> -<para>The kernel demux API defines a driver-internal interface for registering low-level, -hardware specific driver to a hardware independent demux layer. It is only of interest for -DVB device driver writers. The header file for this API is named <constant>demux.h</constant> and located in -<constant>">drivers/media/dvb-core</constant>. -</para> -<para>Maintainer note: This section must be reviewed. It is probably out of date. -</para> - -<section id="kernel_demux_data_types"> -<title>Kernel Demux Data Types</title> - - -<section id="dmx_success_t"> -<title>dmx_success_t</title> - <programlisting> - typedef enum { - DMX_OK = 0, /⋆ Received Ok ⋆/ - DMX_LENGTH_ERROR, /⋆ Incorrect length ⋆/ - DMX_OVERRUN_ERROR, /⋆ Receiver ring buffer overrun ⋆/ - DMX_CRC_ERROR, /⋆ Incorrect CRC ⋆/ - DMX_FRAME_ERROR, /⋆ Frame alignment error ⋆/ - DMX_FIFO_ERROR, /⋆ Receiver FIFO overrun ⋆/ - DMX_MISSED_ERROR /⋆ Receiver missed packet ⋆/ - } dmx_success_t; -</programlisting> - -</section> -<section id="ts_filter_types"> -<title>TS filter types</title> - <programlisting> - /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ - /⋆ TS packet reception ⋆/ - /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ - - /⋆ TS filter type for set_type() ⋆/ - - #define TS_PACKET 1 /⋆ send TS packets (188 bytes) to callback (default) ⋆/ - #define TS_PAYLOAD_ONLY 2 /⋆ in case TS_PACKET is set, only send the TS - payload (<=184 bytes per packet) to callback ⋆/ - #define TS_DECODER 4 /⋆ send stream to built-in decoder (if present) ⋆/ -</programlisting> - -</section> -<section id="dmx_ts_pes_t"> -<title>dmx_ts_pes_t</title> -<para>The structure -</para> -<programlisting> - typedef enum - { - DMX_TS_PES_AUDIO, /⋆ also send packets to audio decoder (if it exists) ⋆/ - DMX_TS_PES_VIDEO, /⋆ ... ⋆/ - DMX_TS_PES_TELETEXT, - DMX_TS_PES_SUBTITLE, - DMX_TS_PES_PCR, - DMX_TS_PES_OTHER, - } dmx_ts_pes_t; -</programlisting> -<para>describes the PES type for filters which write to a built-in decoder. The correspond (and -should be kept identical) to the types in the demux device. -</para> -<programlisting> - struct dmx_ts_feed_s { - int is_filtering; /⋆ Set to non-zero when filtering in progress ⋆/ - struct dmx_demux_s⋆ parent; /⋆ Back-pointer ⋆/ - void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/ - int (⋆set) (struct dmx_ts_feed_s⋆ feed, - __u16 pid, - size_t callback_length, - size_t circular_buffer_size, - int descramble, - struct timespec timeout); - int (⋆start_filtering) (struct dmx_ts_feed_s⋆ feed); - int (⋆stop_filtering) (struct dmx_ts_feed_s⋆ feed); - int (⋆set_type) (struct dmx_ts_feed_s⋆ feed, - int type, - dmx_ts_pes_t pes_type); - }; - - typedef struct dmx_ts_feed_s dmx_ts_feed_t; -</programlisting> - <programlisting> - /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ - /⋆ PES packet reception (not supported yet) ⋆/ - /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ - - typedef struct dmx_pes_filter_s { - struct dmx_pes_s⋆ parent; /⋆ Back-pointer ⋆/ - void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/ - } dmx_pes_filter_t; -</programlisting> - <programlisting> - typedef struct dmx_pes_feed_s { - int is_filtering; /⋆ Set to non-zero when filtering in progress ⋆/ - struct dmx_demux_s⋆ parent; /⋆ Back-pointer ⋆/ - void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/ - int (⋆set) (struct dmx_pes_feed_s⋆ feed, - __u16 pid, - size_t circular_buffer_size, - int descramble, - struct timespec timeout); - int (⋆start_filtering) (struct dmx_pes_feed_s⋆ feed); - int (⋆stop_filtering) (struct dmx_pes_feed_s⋆ feed); - int (⋆allocate_filter) (struct dmx_pes_feed_s⋆ feed, - dmx_pes_filter_t⋆⋆ filter); - int (⋆release_filter) (struct dmx_pes_feed_s⋆ feed, - dmx_pes_filter_t⋆ filter); - } dmx_pes_feed_t; -</programlisting> - <programlisting> - typedef struct { - __u8 filter_value [DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE]; - __u8 filter_mask [DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE]; - struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ parent; /⋆ Back-pointer ⋆/ - void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/ - } dmx_section_filter_t; -</programlisting> - <programlisting> - struct dmx_section_feed_s { - int is_filtering; /⋆ Set to non-zero when filtering in progress ⋆/ - struct dmx_demux_s⋆ parent; /⋆ Back-pointer ⋆/ - void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/ - int (⋆set) (struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ feed, - __u16 pid, - size_t circular_buffer_size, - int descramble, - int check_crc); - int (⋆allocate_filter) (struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ feed, - dmx_section_filter_t⋆⋆ filter); - int (⋆release_filter) (struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ feed, - dmx_section_filter_t⋆ filter); - int (⋆start_filtering) (struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ feed); - int (⋆stop_filtering) (struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ feed); - }; - typedef struct dmx_section_feed_s dmx_section_feed_t; - - /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ - /⋆ Callback functions ⋆/ - /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ - - typedef int (⋆dmx_ts_cb) ( __u8 ⋆ buffer1, - size_t buffer1_length, - __u8 ⋆ buffer2, - size_t buffer2_length, - dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ source, - dmx_success_t success); - - typedef int (⋆dmx_section_cb) ( __u8 ⋆ buffer1, - size_t buffer1_len, - __u8 ⋆ buffer2, - size_t buffer2_len, - dmx_section_filter_t ⋆ source, - dmx_success_t success); - - typedef int (⋆dmx_pes_cb) ( __u8 ⋆ buffer1, - size_t buffer1_len, - __u8 ⋆ buffer2, - size_t buffer2_len, - dmx_pes_filter_t⋆ source, - dmx_success_t success); - - /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ - /⋆ DVB Front-End ⋆/ - /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ - - typedef enum { - DMX_OTHER_FE = 0, - DMX_SATELLITE_FE, - DMX_CABLE_FE, - DMX_TERRESTRIAL_FE, - DMX_LVDS_FE, - DMX_ASI_FE, /⋆ DVB-ASI interface ⋆/ - DMX_MEMORY_FE - } dmx_frontend_source_t; - - typedef struct { - /⋆ The following char⋆ fields point to NULL terminated strings ⋆/ - char⋆ id; /⋆ Unique front-end identifier ⋆/ - char⋆ vendor; /⋆ Name of the front-end vendor ⋆/ - char⋆ model; /⋆ Name of the front-end model ⋆/ - struct list_head connectivity_list; /⋆ List of front-ends that can - be connected to a particular - demux ⋆/ - void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/ - dmx_frontend_source_t source; - } dmx_frontend_t; - - /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ - /⋆ MPEG-2 TS Demux ⋆/ - /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/ - - /⋆ - ⋆ Flags OR'ed in the capabilites field of struct dmx_demux_s. - ⋆/ - - #define DMX_TS_FILTERING 1 - #define DMX_PES_FILTERING 2 - #define DMX_SECTION_FILTERING 4 - #define DMX_MEMORY_BASED_FILTERING 8 /⋆ write() available ⋆/ - #define DMX_CRC_CHECKING 16 - #define DMX_TS_DESCRAMBLING 32 - #define DMX_SECTION_PAYLOAD_DESCRAMBLING 64 - #define DMX_MAC_ADDRESS_DESCRAMBLING 128 -</programlisting> - -</section> -<section id="demux_demux_t"> -<title>demux_demux_t</title> - <programlisting> - /⋆ - ⋆ DMX_FE_ENTRY(): Casts elements in the list of registered - ⋆ front-ends from the generic type struct list_head - ⋆ to the type ⋆ dmx_frontend_t - ⋆. - ⋆/ - - #define DMX_FE_ENTRY(list) list_entry(list, dmx_frontend_t, connectivity_list) - - struct dmx_demux_s { - /⋆ The following char⋆ fields point to NULL terminated strings ⋆/ - char⋆ id; /⋆ Unique demux identifier ⋆/ - char⋆ vendor; /⋆ Name of the demux vendor ⋆/ - char⋆ model; /⋆ Name of the demux model ⋆/ - __u32 capabilities; /⋆ Bitfield of capability flags ⋆/ - dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend; /⋆ Front-end connected to the demux ⋆/ - struct list_head reg_list; /⋆ List of registered demuxes ⋆/ - void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/ - int users; /⋆ Number of users ⋆/ - int (⋆open) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux); - int (⋆close) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux); - int (⋆write) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, const char⋆ buf, size_t count); - int (⋆allocate_ts_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, - dmx_ts_feed_t⋆⋆ feed, - dmx_ts_cb callback); - int (⋆release_ts_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, - dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ feed); - int (⋆allocate_pes_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, - dmx_pes_feed_t⋆⋆ feed, - dmx_pes_cb callback); - int (⋆release_pes_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, - dmx_pes_feed_t⋆ feed); - int (⋆allocate_section_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, - dmx_section_feed_t⋆⋆ feed, - dmx_section_cb callback); - int (⋆release_section_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, - dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed); - int (⋆descramble_mac_address) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, - __u8⋆ buffer1, - size_t buffer1_length, - __u8⋆ buffer2, - size_t buffer2_length, - __u16 pid); - int (⋆descramble_section_payload) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, - __u8⋆ buffer1, - size_t buffer1_length, - __u8⋆ buffer2, size_t buffer2_length, - __u16 pid); - int (⋆add_frontend) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, - dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend); - int (⋆remove_frontend) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, - dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend); - struct list_head⋆ (⋆get_frontends) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux); - int (⋆connect_frontend) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, - dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend); - int (⋆disconnect_frontend) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux); - - - /⋆ added because js cannot keep track of these himself ⋆/ - int (⋆get_pes_pids) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, __u16 ⋆pids); - }; - typedef struct dmx_demux_s dmx_demux_t; -</programlisting> - -</section> -<section id="demux_directory"> -<title>Demux directory</title> - <programlisting> - /⋆ - ⋆ DMX_DIR_ENTRY(): Casts elements in the list of registered - ⋆ demuxes from the generic type struct list_head⋆ to the type dmx_demux_t - ⋆. - ⋆/ - - #define DMX_DIR_ENTRY(list) list_entry(list, dmx_demux_t, reg_list) - - int dmx_register_demux (dmx_demux_t⋆ demux); - int dmx_unregister_demux (dmx_demux_t⋆ demux); - struct list_head⋆ dmx_get_demuxes (void); -</programlisting> - </section></section> -<section id="demux_directory_api"> -<title>Demux Directory API</title> -<para>The demux directory is a Linux kernel-wide facility for registering and accessing the -MPEG-2 TS demuxes in the system. Run-time registering and unregistering of demux drivers -is possible using this API. -</para> -<para>All demux drivers in the directory implement the abstract interface dmx_demux_t. -</para> - -<section -role="subsection"><title>dmx_register_demux()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This function makes a demux driver interface available to the Linux kernel. It is - usually called by the init_module() function of the kernel module that contains - the demux driver. The caller of this function is responsible for allocating - dynamic or static memory for the demux structure and for initializing its fields - before calling this function. The memory allocated for the demux structure - must not be freed before calling dmx_unregister_demux(),</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int dmx_register_demux ( dmx_demux_t ⋆demux )</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_demux_t* - demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux structure.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EEXIST</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>A demux with the same value of the id field already stored - in the directory.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-ENOSPC</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>No space left in the directory.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>dmx_unregister_demux()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This function is called to indicate that the given demux interface is no - longer available. The caller of this function is responsible for freeing the - memory of the demux structure, if it was dynamically allocated before calling - dmx_register_demux(). The cleanup_module() function of the kernel module - that contains the demux driver should call this function. Note that this function - fails if the demux is currently in use, i.e., release_demux() has not been called - for the interface.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int dmx_unregister_demux ( dmx_demux_t ⋆demux )</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_demux_t* - demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux structure which is to be - unregistered.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>ENODEV</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The specified demux is not registered in the demux - directory.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>EBUSY</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The specified demux is currently in use.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>dmx_get_demuxes()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Provides the caller with the list of registered demux interfaces, using the - standard list structure defined in the include file linux/list.h. The include file - demux.h defines the macro DMX_DIR_ENTRY() for converting an element of - the generic type struct list_head* to the type dmx_demux_t*. The caller must - not free the memory of any of the elements obtained via this function call.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct list_head ⋆dmx_get_demuxes ()</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>none</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct list_head *</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>A list of demux interfaces, or NULL in the case of an - empty list.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - </section></section> -<section id="demux_api"> -<title>Demux API</title> -<para>The demux API should be implemented for each demux in the system. It is used to select -the TS source of a demux and to manage the demux resources. When the demux -client allocates a resource via the demux API, it receives a pointer to the API of that -resource. -</para> -<para>Each demux receives its TS input from a DVB front-end or from memory, as set via the -demux API. In a system with more than one front-end, the API can be used to select one of -the DVB front-ends as a TS source for a demux, unless this is fixed in the HW platform. The -demux API only controls front-ends regarding their connections with demuxes; the APIs -used to set the other front-end parameters, such as tuning, are not defined in this -document. -</para> -<para>The functions that implement the abstract interface demux should be defined static or -module private and registered to the Demux Directory for external access. It is not necessary -to implement every function in the demux_t struct, however (for example, a demux interface -might support Section filtering, but not TS or PES filtering). The API client is expected to -check the value of any function pointer before calling the function: the value of NULL means -“function not available”. -</para> -<para>Whenever the functions of the demux API modify shared data, the possibilities of lost -update and race condition problems should be addressed, e.g. by protecting parts of code with -mutexes. This is especially important on multi-processor hosts. -</para> -<para>Note that functions called from a bottom half context must not sleep, at least in the 2.2.x -kernels. Even a simple memory allocation can result in a kernel thread being put to sleep if -swapping is needed. For example, the Linux kernel calls the functions of a network device -interface from a bottom half context. Thus, if a demux API function is called from network -device code, the function must not sleep. -</para> - - -<section id="kdapi_fopen"> -<title>open()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This function reserves the demux for use by the caller and, if necessary, - initializes the demux. When the demux is no longer needed, the function close() - should be called. It should be possible for multiple clients to access the demux - at the same time. Thus, the function implementation should increment the - demux usage count when open() is called and decrement it when close() is - called.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int open ( demux_t⋆ demux );</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>demux_t* demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EUSERS</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Maximum usage count reached.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section> -<section id="kdapi_fclose"> -<title>close()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This function reserves the demux for use by the caller and, if necessary, - initializes the demux. When the demux is no longer needed, the function close() - should be called. It should be possible for multiple clients to access the demux - at the same time. Thus, the function implementation should increment the - demux usage count when open() is called and decrement it when close() is - called.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int close(demux_t⋆ demux);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>demux_t* demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-ENODEV</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The demux was not in use.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section> -<section id="kdapi_fwrite"> -<title>write()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This function provides the demux driver with a memory buffer containing TS - packets. Instead of receiving TS packets from the DVB front-end, the demux - driver software will read packets from memory. Any clients of this demux - with active TS, PES or Section filters will receive filtered data via the Demux - callback API (see 0). The function returns when all the data in the buffer has - been consumed by the demux. Demux hardware typically cannot read TS from - memory. If this is the case, memory-based filtering has to be implemented - entirely in software.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int write(demux_t⋆ demux, const char⋆ buf, size_t - count);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>demux_t* demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>const char* buf</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the TS data in kernel-space memory.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>size_t length</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Length of the TS data.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-ENOSYS</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The command is not implemented.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>allocate_ts_feed()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Allocates a new TS feed, which is used to filter the TS packets carrying a - certain PID. The TS feed normally corresponds to a hardware PID filter on the - demux chip.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int allocate_ts_feed(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, - dmx_ts_feed_t⋆⋆ feed, dmx_ts_cb callback);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>demux_t* demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_ts_feed_t** - feed</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the TS feed API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_ts_cb callback</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the callback function for passing received TS - packet</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EBUSY</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>No more TS feeds available.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-ENOSYS</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The command is not implemented.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>release_ts_feed()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Releases the resources allocated with allocate_ts_feed(). Any filtering in - progress on the TS feed should be stopped before calling this function.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int release_ts_feed(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, - dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ feed);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>demux_t* demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_ts_feed_t* feed</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the TS feed API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>allocate_section_feed()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Allocates a new section feed, i.e. a demux resource for filtering and receiving - sections. On platforms with hardware support for section filtering, a section - feed is directly mapped to the demux HW. On other platforms, TS packets are - first PID filtered in hardware and a hardware section filter then emulated in - software. The caller obtains an API pointer of type dmx_section_feed_t as an - out parameter. Using this API the caller can set filtering parameters and start - receiving sections.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int allocate_section_feed(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, - dmx_section_feed_t ⋆⋆feed, dmx_section_cb callback);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>demux_t *demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_section_feed_t - **feed</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the section feed API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_section_cb - callback</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the callback function for passing received - sections.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EBUSY</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>No more section feeds available.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-ENOSYS</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The command is not implemented.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>release_section_feed()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Releases the resources allocated with allocate_section_feed(), including - allocated filters. Any filtering in progress on the section feed should be stopped - before calling this function.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int release_section_feed(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, - dmx_section_feed_t ⋆feed);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>demux_t *demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_section_feed_t - *feed</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the section feed API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>descramble_mac_address()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This function runs a descrambling algorithm on the destination MAC - address field of a DVB Datagram Section, replacing the original address - with its un-encrypted version. Otherwise, the description on the function - descramble_section_payload() applies also to this function.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int descramble_mac_address(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, __u8 - ⋆buffer1, size_t buffer1_length, __u8 ⋆buffer2, - size_t buffer2_length, __u16 pid);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_demux_t - *demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>__u8 *buffer1</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the first byte of the section.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>size_t buffer1_length</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Length of the section data, including headers and CRC, - in buffer1.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>__u8* buffer2</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the tail of the section data, or NULL. The - pointer has a non-NULL value if the section wraps past - the end of a circular buffer.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>size_t buffer2_length</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Length of the section data, including headers and CRC, - in buffer2.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>__u16 pid</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The PID on which the section was received. Useful - for obtaining the descrambling key, e.g. from a DVB - Common Access facility.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-ENOSYS</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>No descrambling facility available.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>descramble_section_payload()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This function runs a descrambling algorithm on the payload of a DVB - Datagram Section, replacing the original payload with its un-encrypted - version. The function will be called from the demux API implementation; - the API client need not call this function directly. Section-level scrambling - algorithms are currently standardized only for DVB-RCC (return channel - over 2-directional cable TV network) systems. For all other DVB networks, - encryption schemes are likely to be proprietary to each data broadcaster. Thus, - it is expected that this function pointer will have the value of NULL (i.e., - function not available) in most demux API implementations. Nevertheless, it - should be possible to use the function pointer as a hook for dynamically adding - a “plug-in” descrambling facility to a demux driver.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>While this function is not needed with hardware-based section descrambling, - the descramble_section_payload function pointer can be used to override the - default hardware-based descrambling algorithm: if the function pointer has a - non-NULL value, the corresponding function should be used instead of any - descrambling hardware.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int descramble_section_payload(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, - __u8 ⋆buffer1, size_t buffer1_length, __u8 ⋆buffer2, - size_t buffer2_length, __u16 pid);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_demux_t - *demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>__u8 *buffer1</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the first byte of the section.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>size_t buffer1_length</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Length of the section data, including headers and CRC, - in buffer1.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>__u8 *buffer2</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the tail of the section data, or NULL. The - pointer has a non-NULL value if the section wraps past - the end of a circular buffer.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>size_t buffer2_length</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Length of the section data, including headers and CRC, - in buffer2.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>__u16 pid</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The PID on which the section was received. Useful - for obtaining the descrambling key, e.g. from a DVB - Common Access facility.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-ENOSYS</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>No descrambling facility available.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>add_frontend()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Registers a connectivity between a demux and a front-end, i.e., indicates that - the demux can be connected via a call to connect_frontend() to use the given - front-end as a TS source. The client of this function has to allocate dynamic or - static memory for the frontend structure and initialize its fields before calling - this function. This function is normally called during the driver initialization. - The caller must not free the memory of the frontend struct before successfully - calling remove_frontend().</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int add_frontend(dmx_demux_t ⋆demux, dmx_frontend_t - ⋆frontend);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_demux_t* - demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_frontend_t* - frontend</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the front-end instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EEXIST</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>A front-end with the same value of the id field already - registered.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINUSE</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The demux is in use.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-ENOMEM</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>No more front-ends can be added.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>remove_frontend()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Indicates that the given front-end, registered by a call to add_frontend(), can - no longer be connected as a TS source by this demux. The function should be - called when a front-end driver or a demux driver is removed from the system. - If the front-end is in use, the function fails with the return value of -EBUSY. - After successfully calling this function, the caller can free the memory of - the frontend struct if it was dynamically allocated before the add_frontend() - operation.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int remove_frontend(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, - dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_demux_t* - demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_frontend_t* - frontend</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the front-end instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EBUSY</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The front-end is in use, i.e. a call to connect_frontend() - has not been followed by a call to disconnect_frontend().</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>get_frontends()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Provides the APIs of the front-ends that have been registered for this demux. - Any of the front-ends obtained with this call can be used as a parameter for - connect_frontend().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>The include file demux.h contains the macro DMX_FE_ENTRY() for - converting an element of the generic type struct list_head* to the type - dmx_frontend_t*. The caller must not free the memory of any of the elements - obtained via this function call.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct list_head⋆ get_frontends(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_demux_t* - demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_demux_t*</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>A list of front-end interfaces, or NULL in the case of an - empty list.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>connect_frontend()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Connects the TS output of the front-end to the input of the demux. A demux - can only be connected to a front-end registered to the demux with the function - add_frontend().</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>It may or may not be possible to connect multiple demuxes to the same - front-end, depending on the capabilities of the HW platform. When not used, - the front-end should be released by calling disconnect_frontend().</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int connect_frontend(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, - dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_demux_t* - demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_frontend_t* - frontend</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the front-end instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EBUSY</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The front-end is in use.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>disconnect_frontend()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Disconnects the demux and a front-end previously connected by a - connect_frontend() call.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int disconnect_frontend(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_demux_t* - demux</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - </section></section> -<section id="demux_callback_api"> -<title>Demux Callback API</title> -<para>This kernel-space API comprises the callback functions that deliver filtered data to the -demux client. Unlike the other APIs, these API functions are provided by the client and called -from the demux code. -</para> -<para>The function pointers of this abstract interface are not packed into a structure as in the -other demux APIs, because the callback functions are registered and used independent -of each other. As an example, it is possible for the API client to provide several -callback functions for receiving TS packets and no callbacks for PES packets or -sections. -</para> -<para>The functions that implement the callback API need not be re-entrant: when a demux -driver calls one of these functions, the driver is not allowed to call the function again before -the original call returns. If a callback is triggered by a hardware interrupt, it is recommended -to use the Linux “bottom half” mechanism or start a tasklet instead of making the callback -function call directly from a hardware interrupt. -</para> - -<section -role="subsection"><title>dmx_ts_cb()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This function, provided by the client of the demux API, is called from the - demux code. The function is only called when filtering on this TS feed has - been enabled using the start_filtering() function.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Any TS packets that match the filter settings are copied to a circular buffer. The - filtered TS packets are delivered to the client using this callback function. The - size of the circular buffer is controlled by the circular_buffer_size parameter - of the set() function in the TS Feed API. It is expected that the buffer1 and - buffer2 callback parameters point to addresses within the circular buffer, but - other implementations are also possible. Note that the called party should not - try to free the memory the buffer1 and buffer2 parameters point to.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>When this function is called, the buffer1 parameter typically points to the - start of the first undelivered TS packet within a circular buffer. The buffer2 - buffer parameter is normally NULL, except when the received TS packets have - crossed the last address of the circular buffer and ”wrapped” to the beginning - of the buffer. In the latter case the buffer1 parameter would contain an address - within the circular buffer, while the buffer2 parameter would contain the first - address of the circular buffer.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>The number of bytes delivered with this function (i.e. buffer1_length + - buffer2_length) is usually equal to the value of callback_length parameter - given in the set() function, with one exception: if a timeout occurs before - receiving callback_length bytes of TS data, any undelivered packets are - immediately delivered to the client by calling this function. The timeout - duration is controlled by the set() function in the TS Feed API.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>If a TS packet is received with errors that could not be fixed by the TS-level - forward error correction (FEC), the Transport_error_indicator flag of the TS - packet header should be set. The TS packet should not be discarded, as - the error can possibly be corrected by a higher layer protocol. If the called - party is slow in processing the callback, it is possible that the circular buffer - eventually fills up. If this happens, the demux driver should discard any TS - packets received while the buffer is full. The error should be indicated to the - client on the next callback by setting the success parameter to the value of - DMX_OVERRUN_ERROR.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>The type of data returned to the callback can be selected by the new - function int (*set_type) (struct dmx_ts_feed_s* feed, int type, dmx_ts_pes_t - pes_type) which is part of the dmx_ts_feed_s struct (also cf. to the - include file ost/demux.h) The type parameter decides if the raw TS packet - (TS_PACKET) or just the payload (TS_PACKET—TS_PAYLOAD_ONLY) - should be returned. If additionally the TS_DECODER bit is set the stream - will also be sent to the hardware MPEG decoder. In this case, the second - flag decides as what kind of data the stream should be interpreted. The - possible choices are one of DMX_TS_PES_AUDIO, DMX_TS_PES_VIDEO, - DMX_TS_PES_TELETEXT, DMX_TS_PES_SUBTITLE, - DMX_TS_PES_PCR, or DMX_TS_PES_OTHER.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int dmx_ts_cb(__u8⋆ buffer1, size_t buffer1_length, - __u8⋆ buffer2, size_t buffer2_length, dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ - source, dmx_success_t success);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>__u8* buffer1</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the start of the filtered TS packets.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>size_t buffer1_length</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Length of the TS data in buffer1.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>__u8* buffer2</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the tail of the filtered TS packets, or NULL.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>size_t buffer2_length</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Length of the TS data in buffer2.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_ts_feed_t* - source</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Indicates which TS feed is the source of the callback.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_success_t - success</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Indicates if there was an error in TS reception.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Continue filtering.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-1</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Stop filtering - has the same effect as a call to - stop_filtering() on the TS Feed API.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>dmx_section_cb()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This function, provided by the client of the demux API, is called from the - demux code. The function is only called when filtering of sections has been - enabled using the function start_filtering() of the section feed API. When the - demux driver has received a complete section that matches at least one section - filter, the client is notified via this callback function. Normally this function is - called for each received section; however, it is also possible to deliver multiple - sections with one callback, for example when the system load is high. If an - error occurs while receiving a section, this function should be called with - the corresponding error type set in the success field, whether or not there is - data to deliver. The Section Feed implementation should maintain a circular - buffer for received sections. However, this is not necessary if the Section Feed - API is implemented as a client of the TS Feed API, because the TS Feed - implementation then buffers the received data. The size of the circular buffer - can be configured using the set() function in the Section Feed API. If there - is no room in the circular buffer when a new section is received, the section - must be discarded. If this happens, the value of the success parameter should - be DMX_OVERRUN_ERROR on the next callback.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int dmx_section_cb(__u8⋆ buffer1, size_t - buffer1_length, __u8⋆ buffer2, size_t - buffer2_length, dmx_section_filter_t⋆ source, - dmx_success_t success);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>__u8* buffer1</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the start of the filtered section, e.g. within the - circular buffer of the demux driver.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>size_t buffer1_length</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Length of the filtered section data in buffer1, including - headers and CRC.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>__u8* buffer2</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the tail of the filtered section data, or NULL. - Useful to handle the wrapping of a circular buffer.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>size_t buffer2_length</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Length of the filtered section data in buffer2, including - headers and CRC.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_section_filter_t* - filter</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Indicates the filter that triggered the callback.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_success_t - success</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Indicates if there was an error in section reception.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Continue filtering.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-1</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Stop filtering - has the same effect as a call to - stop_filtering() on the Section Feed API.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - </section></section> -<section id="ts_feed_api"> -<title>TS Feed API</title> -<para>A TS feed is typically mapped to a hardware PID filter on the demux chip. -Using this API, the client can set the filtering properties to start/stop filtering TS -packets on a particular TS feed. The API is defined as an abstract interface of the type -dmx_ts_feed_t. -</para> -<para>The functions that implement the interface should be defined static or module private. The -client can get the handle of a TS feed API by calling the function allocate_ts_feed() in the -demux API. -</para> - -<section -role="subsection"><title>set()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This function sets the parameters of a TS feed. Any filtering in progress on the - TS feed must be stopped before calling this function.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int set ( dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ feed, __u16 pid, size_t - callback_length, size_t circular_buffer_size, int - descramble, struct timespec timeout);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_ts_feed_t* feed</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the TS feed API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>__u16 pid</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>PID value to filter. Only the TS packets carrying the - specified PID will be passed to the API client.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>size_t - callback_length</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Number of bytes to deliver with each call to the - dmx_ts_cb() callback function. The value of this - parameter should be a multiple of 188.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>size_t - circular_buffer_size</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Size of the circular buffer for the filtered TS packets.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int descramble</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>If non-zero, descramble the filtered TS packets.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>struct timespec - timeout</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Maximum time to wait before delivering received TS - packets to the client.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-ENOMEM</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Not enough memory for the requested buffer size.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-ENOSYS</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>No descrambling facility available for TS.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>start_filtering()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Starts filtering TS packets on this TS feed, according to its settings. The PID - value to filter can be set by the API client. All matching TS packets are - delivered asynchronously to the client, using the callback function registered - with allocate_ts_feed().</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int start_filtering(dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ feed);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_ts_feed_t* feed</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the TS feed API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>stop_filtering()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Stops filtering TS packets on this TS feed.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int stop_filtering(dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ feed);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_ts_feed_t* feed</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the TS feed API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - </section></section> -<section id="section_feed_api"> -<title>Section Feed API</title> -<para>A section feed is a resource consisting of a PID filter and a set of section filters. Using this -API, the client can set the properties of a section feed and to start/stop filtering. The API is -defined as an abstract interface of the type dmx_section_feed_t. The functions that implement -the interface should be defined static or module private. The client can get the handle of -a section feed API by calling the function allocate_section_feed() in the demux -API. -</para> -<para>On demux platforms that provide section filtering in hardware, the Section Feed API -implementation provides a software wrapper for the demux hardware. Other platforms may -support only PID filtering in hardware, requiring that TS packets are converted to sections in -software. In the latter case the Section Feed API implementation can be a client of the TS -Feed API. -</para> - -</section> -<section id="kdapi_set"> -<title>set()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This function sets the parameters of a section feed. Any filtering in progress on - the section feed must be stopped before calling this function. If descrambling - is enabled, the payload_scrambling_control and address_scrambling_control - fields of received DVB datagram sections should be observed. If either one is - non-zero, the section should be descrambled either in hardware or using the - functions descramble_mac_address() and descramble_section_payload() of the - demux API. Note that according to the MPEG-2 Systems specification, only - the payloads of private sections can be scrambled while the rest of the section - data must be sent in the clear.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int set(dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed, __u16 pid, size_t - circular_buffer_size, int descramble, int - check_crc);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_section_feed_t* - feed</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the section feed API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>__u16 pid</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>PID value to filter; only the TS packets carrying the - specified PID will be accepted.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>size_t - circular_buffer_size</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Size of the circular buffer for filtered sections.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int descramble</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>If non-zero, descramble any sections that are scrambled.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int check_crc</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>If non-zero, check the CRC values of filtered sections.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-ENOMEM</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Not enough memory for the requested buffer size.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-ENOSYS</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>No descrambling facility available for sections.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameters.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>allocate_filter()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This function is used to allocate a section filter on the demux. It should only be - called when no filtering is in progress on this section feed. If a filter cannot be - allocated, the function fails with -ENOSPC. See in section ?? for the format of - the section filter.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>The bitfields filter_mask and filter_value should only be modified when no - filtering is in progress on this section feed. filter_mask controls which bits of - filter_value are compared with the section headers/payload. On a binary value - of 1 in filter_mask, the corresponding bits are compared. The filter only accepts - sections that are equal to filter_value in all the tested bit positions. Any changes - to the values of filter_mask and filter_value are guaranteed to take effect only - when the start_filtering() function is called next time. The parent pointer in - the struct is initialized by the API implementation to the value of the feed - parameter. The priv pointer is not used by the API implementation, and can - thus be freely utilized by the caller of this function. Any data pointed to by the - priv pointer is available to the recipient of the dmx_section_cb() function call.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>While the maximum section filter length (DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE) is - currently set at 16 bytes, hardware filters of that size are not available on all - platforms. Therefore, section filtering will often take place first in hardware, - followed by filtering in software for the header bytes that were not covered - by a hardware filter. The filter_mask field can be checked to determine how - many bytes of the section filter are actually used, and if the hardware filter will - suffice. Additionally, software-only section filters can optionally be allocated - to clients when all hardware section filters are in use. Note that on most demux - hardware it is not possible to filter on the section_length field of the section - header – thus this field is ignored, even though it is included in filter_value and - filter_mask fields.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int allocate_filter(dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed, - dmx_section_filter_t⋆⋆ filter);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_section_feed_t* - feed</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the section feed API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_section_filter_t** - filter</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the allocated filter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-ENOSPC</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>No filters of given type and length available.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameters.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>release_filter()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>This function releases all the resources of a previously allocated section filter. - The function should not be called while filtering is in progress on this section - feed. After calling this function, the caller should not try to dereference the - filter pointer.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int release_filter ( dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed, - dmx_section_filter_t⋆ filter);</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_section_feed_t* - feed</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the section feed API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_section_filter_t* - filter</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>I/O Pointer to the instance data of a section filter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-ENODEV</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>No such filter allocated.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>start_filtering()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Starts filtering sections on this section feed, according to its settings. Sections - are first filtered based on their PID and then matched with the section - filters allocated for this feed. If the section matches the PID filter and - at least one section filter, it is delivered to the API client. The section - is delivered asynchronously using the callback function registered with - allocate_section_feed().</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int start_filtering ( dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed );</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_section_feed_t* - feed</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the section feed API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section><section -role="subsection"><title>stop_filtering()</title> -<para>DESCRIPTION -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>Stops filtering sections on this section feed. Note that any changes to the - filtering parameters (filter_value, filter_mask, etc.) should only be made when - filtering is stopped.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>SYNOPSIS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>int stop_filtering ( dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed );</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>PARAMETERS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>dmx_section_feed_t* - feed</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Pointer to the section feed API and instance data.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>RETURNS -</para> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>0</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>The function was completed without errors.</para> -</entry> - </row><row><entry - align="char"> -<para>-EINVAL</para> -</entry><entry - align="char"> -<para>Bad parameter.</para> -</entry> - </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> - -</section> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml index fdee6b3f3eca..9beb30f0071b 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml @@ -177,6 +177,24 @@ Signal - NTSC for Studio Applications"</title> 1125-Line High-Definition Production"</title> </biblioentry> + <biblioentry id="smpte431"> + <abbrev>SMPTE RP 431-2</abbrev> + <authorgroup> + <corpauthor>Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers +(<ulink url="http://www.smpte.org">http://www.smpte.org</ulink>)</corpauthor> + </authorgroup> + <title>SMPTE RP 431-2:2011 "D-Cinema Quality - Reference Projector and Environment"</title> + </biblioentry> + + <biblioentry id="smpte2084"> + <abbrev>SMPTE ST 2084</abbrev> + <authorgroup> + <corpauthor>Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers +(<ulink url="http://www.smpte.org">http://www.smpte.org</ulink>)</corpauthor> + </authorgroup> + <title>SMPTE ST 2084:2014 "High Dynamic Range Electro-Optical Transfer Function of Master Reference Displays"</title> + </biblioentry> + <biblioentry id="srgb"> <abbrev>sRGB</abbrev> <authorgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml index a0aef85d33c1..5701a08ed792 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml @@ -2591,6 +2591,26 @@ and &v4l2-mbus-framefmt;. </orderedlist> </section> + <section> + <title>V4L2 in Linux 4.4</title> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Renamed <constant>V4L2_TUNER_ADC</constant> to +<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SDR</constant>. The use of +<constant>V4L2_TUNER_ADC</constant> is deprecated now. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Added <constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_RF_GAIN</constant> +RF Tuner control.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Added transmitter support for Software Defined Radio (SDR) +Interface.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + <section id="other"> <title>Relation of V4L2 to other Linux multimedia APIs</title> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml index 33aece541880..f13a429093f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml @@ -5418,6 +5418,18 @@ set. Unit is in Hz. The range and step are driver-specific.</entry> <entry spanname="descr">Enables/disables IF automatic gain control (AGC)</entry> </row> <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_RF_GAIN</constant> </entry> + <entry>integer</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="descr">The RF amplifier is the very first +amplifier on the receiver signal path, just right after the antenna input. +The difference between the LNA gain and the RF gain in this document is that +the LNA gain is integrated in the tuner chip while the RF gain is a separate +chip. There may be both RF and LNA gain controls in the same device. +The range and step are driver-specific.</entry> + </row> + <row> <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_LNA_GAIN</constant> </entry> <entry>integer</entry> </row> @@ -5425,6 +5437,8 @@ set. Unit is in Hz. The range and step are driver-specific.</entry> <entry spanname="descr">LNA (low noise amplifier) gain is first gain stage on the RF tuner signal path. It is located very close to tuner antenna input. Used when <constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_LNA_GAIN_AUTO</constant> is not set. +See <constant>V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_RF_GAIN</constant> to understand how RF gain +and LNA gain differs from the each others. The range and step are driver-specific.</entry> </row> <row> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml index f8903568a243..a659771f7b7c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml @@ -28,6 +28,16 @@ Devices supporting the SDR receiver interface set the <structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability; returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. That flag means the device has an Analog to Digital Converter (ADC), which is a mandatory element for the SDR receiver. + </para> + <para> +Devices supporting the SDR transmitter interface set the +<constant>V4L2_CAP_SDR_OUTPUT</constant> and +<constant>V4L2_CAP_MODULATOR</constant> flag in the +<structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability; +returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. That flag means the device has an +Digital to Analog Converter (DAC), which is a mandatory element for the SDR transmitter. + </para> + <para> At least one of the read/write, streaming or asynchronous I/O methods must be supported. </para> @@ -39,15 +49,16 @@ be supported. <para> SDR devices can support <link linkend="control">controls</link>, and must support the <link linkend="tuner">tuner</link> ioctls. Tuner ioctls are used -for setting the ADC sampling rate (sampling frequency) and the possible RF tuner -frequency. +for setting the ADC/DAC sampling rate (sampling frequency) and the possible +radio frequency (RF). </para> <para> -The <constant>V4L2_TUNER_ADC</constant> tuner type is used for ADC tuners, and -the <constant>V4L2_TUNER_RF</constant> tuner type is used for RF tuners. The -tuner index of the RF tuner (if any) must always follow the ADC tuner index. -Normally the ADC tuner is #0 and the RF tuner is #1. +The <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SDR</constant> tuner type is used for setting SDR +device ADC/DAC frequency, and the <constant>V4L2_TUNER_RF</constant> +tuner type is used for setting radio frequency. +The tuner index of the RF tuner (if any) must always follow the SDR tuner index. +Normally the SDR tuner is #0 and the RF tuner is #1. </para> <para> @@ -59,9 +70,9 @@ The &VIDIOC-S-HW-FREQ-SEEK; ioctl is not supported. <title>Data Format Negotiation</title> <para> -The SDR capture device uses the <link linkend="format">format</link> ioctls to -select the capture format. Both the sampling resolution and the data streaming -format are bound to that selectable format. In addition to the basic +The SDR device uses the <link linkend="format">format</link> ioctls to +select the capture and output format. Both the sampling resolution and the data +streaming format are bound to that selectable format. In addition to the basic <link linkend="format">format</link> ioctls, the &VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT; ioctl must be supported as well. </para> @@ -69,7 +80,8 @@ must be supported as well. <para> To use the <link linkend="format">format</link> ioctls applications set the <structfield>type</structfield> field of a &v4l2-format; to -<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SDR_CAPTURE</constant> and use the &v4l2-sdr-format; +<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SDR_CAPTURE</constant> or +<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SDR_OUTPUT</constant> and use the &v4l2-sdr-format; <structfield>sdr</structfield> member of the <structfield>fmt</structfield> union as needed per the desired operation. Currently there is two fields, <structfield>pixelformat</structfield> and diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml index 7bbc2a48911e..da654031ef3f 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml @@ -1006,8 +1006,14 @@ must set this to 0.</entry> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SDR_CAPTURE</constant></entry> <entry>11</entry> - <entry>Buffer for Software Defined Radio (SDR), see <xref - linkend="sdr" />.</entry> + <entry>Buffer for Software Defined Radio (SDR) capture stream, see + <xref linkend="sdr" />.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SDR_OUTPUT</constant></entry> + <entry>12</entry> + <entry>Buffer for Software Defined Radio (SDR) output stream, see + <xref linkend="sdr" />.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml index 965ea916784a..d871245d2973 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml @@ -540,6 +540,10 @@ colorspaces except for BT.2020 which uses limited range R'G'B' quantization.</pa <entry>See <xref linkend="col-bt2020" />.</entry> </row> <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_DCI_P3</constant></entry> + <entry>See <xref linkend="col-dcip3" />.</entry> + </row> + <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M</constant></entry> <entry>See <xref linkend="col-smpte-240m" />.</entry> </row> @@ -601,6 +605,14 @@ colorspaces except for BT.2020 which uses limited range R'G'B' quantization.</pa <entry><constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_NONE</constant></entry> <entry>Do not use a transfer function (i.e. use linear RGB values).</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DCI_P3</constant></entry> + <entry>Use the DCI-P3 transfer function.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SMPTE2084</constant></entry> + <entry>Use the SMPTE 2084 transfer function.</entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> @@ -1154,6 +1166,68 @@ clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range clamped to the range [-0.5…0.5]. The Yc'CbcCrc quantization is limited range.</para> </section> + <section id="col-dcip3"> + <title>Colorspace DCI-P3 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_DCI_P3</constant>)</title> + <para>The <xref linkend="smpte431" /> standard defines the colorspace used by cinema +projectors that use the DCI-P3 colorspace. +The default transfer function is <constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DCI_P3</constant>. +The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709</constant>. Note that this +colorspace does not specify a Y'CbCr encoding since it is not meant to be encoded +to Y'CbCr. So this default Y'CbCr encoding was picked because it is the HDTV +encoding. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of +the primary colors and the white reference are:</para> + <table frame="none"> + <title>DCI-P3 Chromaticities</title> + <tgroup cols="3" align="left"> + &cs-str; + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Color</entry> + <entry>x</entry> + <entry>y</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>Red</entry> + <entry>0.6800</entry> + <entry>0.3200</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Green</entry> + <entry>0.2650</entry> + <entry>0.6900</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Blue</entry> + <entry>0.1500</entry> + <entry>0.0600</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>White Reference</entry> + <entry>0.3140</entry> + <entry>0.3510</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Transfer function:</term> + <listitem> + <para>L' = L<superscript>1/2.6</superscript></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Inverse Transfer function:</term> + <listitem> + <para>L = L'<superscript>2.6</superscript></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <para>Y'CbCr encoding is not specified. V4L2 defaults to Rec. 709.</para> + </section> + <section id="col-smpte-240m"> <title>Colorspace SMPTE 240M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M</constant>)</title> <para>The <xref linkend="smpte240m" /> standard was an interim standard used during @@ -1402,6 +1476,41 @@ and <constant>V4L2_QUANTIZATION_FULL_RANGE</constant>.</para> </section> + <section> + <title>Detailed Transfer Function Descriptions</title> + <section id="xf-smpte-2084"> + <title>Transfer Function SMPTE 2084 (<constant>V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SMPTE2084</constant>)</title> + <para>The <xref linkend="smpte2084" /> standard defines the transfer function used by +High Dynamic Range content.</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Constants:</term> + <listitem> + <para>m1 = (2610 / 4096) / 4</para> + <para>m2 = (2523 / 4096) * 128</para> + <para>c1 = 3424 / 4096</para> + <para>c2 = (2413 / 4096) * 32</para> + <para>c3 = (2392 / 4096) * 32</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Transfer function:</term> + <listitem> + <para>L' = ((c1 + c2 * L<superscript>m1</superscript>) / (1 + c3 * L<superscript>m1</superscript>))<superscript>m2</superscript></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Inverse Transfer function:</term> + <listitem> + <para>L = (max(L'<superscript>1/m2</superscript> - c1, 0) / (c2 - c3 * L'<superscript>1/m2</superscript>))<superscript>1/m1</superscript></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> + </section> + <section id="pixfmt-indexed"> <title>Indexed Format</title> @@ -1623,7 +1732,7 @@ extended control <constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE</constant>, see <section id="sdr-formats"> <title>SDR Formats</title> - <para>These formats are used for <link linkend="sdr">SDR Capture</link> + <para>These formats are used for <link linkend="sdr">SDR</link> interface only.</para> &sub-sdr-cu08; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml index e98caa1c39bd..7e61643358de 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml @@ -151,9 +151,18 @@ Rubli, Andy Walls, Muralidharan Karicheri, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, structs, ioctls) must be noted in more detail in the history chapter (compat.xml), along with the possible impact on existing drivers and applications. --> + <revision> + <revnumber>4.4</revnumber> + <date>2015-05-26</date> + <authorinitials>ap</authorinitials> + <revremark>Renamed V4L2_TUNER_ADC to V4L2_TUNER_SDR. +Added V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_RF_GAIN control. +Added transmitter support for Software Defined Radio (SDR) Interface. + </revremark> + </revision> <revision> - <revnumber>3.21</revnumber> + <revnumber>4.1</revnumber> <date>2015-02-13</date> <authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials> <revremark>Fix documentation for media controller device nodes and add support for DVB device nodes. @@ -557,7 +566,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark> </partinfo> <title>Video for Linux Two API Specification</title> - <subtitle>Revision 3.19</subtitle> + <subtitle>Revision 4.4</subtitle> <chapter id="common"> &sub-common; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml index fc1d4625a78c..70a4a08e9404 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ encoding will continue until the end of the current <wordasword>Group Of Pictures</wordasword>, otherwise encoding will stop immediately. When the encoder is already stopped, this command does nothing. mem2mem encoders will send a <constant>V4L2_EVENT_EOS</constant> event -when the last frame has been decoded and all frames are ready to be dequeued and +when the last frame has been encoded and all frames are ready to be dequeued and will set the <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST</constant> buffer flag on the last buffer of the capture queue to indicate there will be no new buffers produced to dequeue. This buffer may be empty, indicated by the driver setting the diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml index c5bdbfcc42b3..842536aae8b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml @@ -200,6 +200,13 @@ Valid if this control is of type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16</constant>.</entry </row> <row> <entry></entry> + <entry>__u32 *</entry> + <entry><structfield>p_u32</structfield></entry> + <entry>A pointer to a matrix control of unsigned 32-bit values. +Valid if this control is of type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U32</constant>.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> <entry>void *</entry> <entry><structfield>ptr</structfield></entry> <entry>A pointer to a compound type which can be an N-dimensional array and/or a diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml index 4fe19a7a9a31..ffcb448251f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ capture and output devices.</entry> <entry>&v4l2-sdr-format;</entry> <entry><structfield>sdr</structfield></entry> <entry>Definition of a data format, see -<xref linkend="pixfmt" />, used by SDR capture devices.</entry> +<xref linkend="pixfmt" />, used by SDR capture and output devices.</entry> </row> <row> <entry></entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml index 7068b599a00d..96e17b344c5d 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml @@ -78,6 +78,12 @@ different audio modulation if the request cannot be satisfied. However this is a write-only ioctl, it does not return the actual audio modulation selected.</para> + <para><link linkend="sdr">SDR</link> specific modulator types are +<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SDR</constant> and <constant>V4L2_TUNER_RF</constant>. +For SDR devices <structfield>txsubchans</structfield> field must be +initialized to zero. +The term 'modulator' means SDR transmitter in this context.</para> + <para>To change the radio frequency the &VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY; ioctl is available.</para> @@ -140,7 +146,13 @@ indicator, for example a stereo pilot tone.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> - <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry> + <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> + <entry spanname="hspan">Type of the modulator, see <xref + linkend="v4l2-tuner-type" />.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[3]</entry> <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications must set the array to zero.</entry> </row> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml index b0d865933da6..459b7e561f3c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml @@ -80,6 +80,12 @@ if the requested mode is invalid or unsupported. Since this is a <!-- FIXME -->write-only ioctl, it does not return the actually selected audio mode.</para> + <para><link linkend="sdr">SDR</link> specific tuner types are +<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SDR</constant> and <constant>V4L2_TUNER_RF</constant>. +For SDR devices <structfield>audmode</structfield> field must be +initialized to zero. +The term 'tuner' means SDR receiver in this context.</para> + <para>To change the radio frequency the &VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY; ioctl is available.</para> @@ -261,6 +267,16 @@ applications must set the array to zero.</entry> <entry>2</entry> <entry></entry> </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_SDR</constant></entry> + <entry>4</entry> + <entry></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_RF</constant></entry> + <entry>5</entry> + <entry></entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml index 20fda75a012d..cd82148dedd7 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml @@ -308,6 +308,12 @@ modulator programming see fields.</entry> </row> <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_SDR_OUTPUT</constant></entry> + <entry>0x00400000</entry> + <entry>The device supports the +<link linkend="sdr">SDR Output</link> interface.</entry> + </row> + <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_READWRITE</constant></entry> <entry>0x01000000</entry> <entry>The device supports the <link diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml index 6ec39c698baf..55b7582cf314 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml @@ -101,8 +101,9 @@ prematurely end the enumeration).</para></footnote></para> next supported non-compound control, or <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode> if there is none. In addition, the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND</constant> flag can be specified to enumerate all compound controls (i.e. controls -with type ≥ <constant>V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES</constant>). Specify both -<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant> and +with type ≥ <constant>V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES</constant> and/or array +control, in other words controls that contain more than one value). +Specify both <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant> and <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND</constant> in order to enumerate all controls, compound or not. Drivers which do not support these flags yet always return <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>.</para> @@ -422,7 +423,7 @@ the array to zero.</entry> <entry>any</entry> <entry>An integer-valued control ranging from minimum to maximum inclusive. The step value indicates the increment between -values which are actually different on the hardware.</entry> +values.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN</constant></entry> @@ -518,7 +519,7 @@ Older drivers which do not support this feature return an <entry>any</entry> <entry>An unsigned 8-bit valued control ranging from minimum to maximum inclusive. The step value indicates the increment between -values which are actually different on the hardware. +values. </entry> </row> <row> @@ -528,7 +529,17 @@ values which are actually different on the hardware. <entry>any</entry> <entry>An unsigned 16-bit valued control ranging from minimum to maximum inclusive. The step value indicates the increment between -values which are actually different on the hardware. +values. +</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U32</constant></entry> + <entry>any</entry> + <entry>any</entry> + <entry>any</entry> + <entry>An unsigned 32-bit valued control ranging from minimum to +maximum inclusive. The step value indicates the increment between +values. </entry> </row> </tbody> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl index f3f5fe5b64c9..92037033f5eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <title>LINUX MEDIA INFRASTRUCTURE API</title> <copyright> - <year>2009-2014</year> + <year>2009-2015</year> <holder>LinuxTV Developers</holder> </copyright> diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt index 3a8e15cba816..8d990bde8693 100644 --- a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt +++ b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt @@ -32,9 +32,9 @@ top of the irq_alloc_desc*() API. An irq_domain to manage mapping is preferred over interrupt controller drivers open coding their own reverse mapping scheme. -irq_domain also implements translation from Device Tree interrupt -specifiers to hwirq numbers, and can be easily extended to support -other IRQ topology data sources. +irq_domain also implements translation from an abstract irq_fwspec +structure to hwirq numbers (Device Tree and ACPI GSI so far), and can +be easily extended to support other IRQ topology data sources. === irq_domain usage === An interrupt controller driver creates and registers an irq_domain by @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ There are four major interfaces to use hierarchy irq_domain: related resources associated with these interrupts. 3) irq_domain_activate_irq(): activate interrupt controller hardware to deliver the interrupt. -3) irq_domain_deactivate_irq(): deactivate interrupt controller hardware +4) irq_domain_deactivate_irq(): deactivate interrupt controller hardware to stop delivering the interrupt. Following changes are needed to support hierarchy irq_domain. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt index efb9454875ab..0f7fb4298e7e 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt @@ -205,6 +205,13 @@ o For !CONFIG_PREEMPT kernels, a CPU looping anywhere in the behavior, you might need to replace some of the cond_resched() calls with calls to cond_resched_rcu_qs(). +o Booting Linux using a console connection that is too slow to + keep up with the boot-time console-message rate. For example, + a 115Kbaud serial console can be -way- too slow to keep up + with boot-time message rates, and will frequently result in + RCU CPU stall warning messages. Especially if you have added + debug printk()s. + o Anything that prevents RCU's grace-period kthreads from running. This can result in the "All QSes seen" console-log message. This message will include information on when the kthread last diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt index dac02a6219b1..118e7c176ce7 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt @@ -166,40 +166,27 @@ test_no_idle_hz Whether or not to test the ability of RCU to operate in torture_type The type of RCU to test, with string values as follows: - "rcu": rcu_read_lock(), rcu_read_unlock() and call_rcu(). - - "rcu_sync": rcu_read_lock(), rcu_read_unlock(), and - synchronize_rcu(). - - "rcu_expedited": rcu_read_lock(), rcu_read_unlock(), and - synchronize_rcu_expedited(). + "rcu": rcu_read_lock(), rcu_read_unlock() and call_rcu(), + along with expedited, synchronous, and polling + variants. "rcu_bh": rcu_read_lock_bh(), rcu_read_unlock_bh(), and - call_rcu_bh(). - - "rcu_bh_sync": rcu_read_lock_bh(), rcu_read_unlock_bh(), - and synchronize_rcu_bh(). + call_rcu_bh(), along with expedited and synchronous + variants. - "rcu_bh_expedited": rcu_read_lock_bh(), rcu_read_unlock_bh(), - and synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited(). + "rcu_busted": This tests an intentionally incorrect version + of RCU in order to help test rcutorture itself. "srcu": srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock() and - call_srcu(). - - "srcu_sync": srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock() and - synchronize_srcu(). - - "srcu_expedited": srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock() and - synchronize_srcu_expedited(). + call_srcu(), along with expedited and + synchronous variants. "sched": preempt_disable(), preempt_enable(), and - call_rcu_sched(). - - "sched_sync": preempt_disable(), preempt_enable(), and - synchronize_sched(). + call_rcu_sched(), along with expedited, + synchronous, and polling variants. - "sched_expedited": preempt_disable(), preempt_enable(), and - synchronize_sched_expedited(). + "tasks": voluntary context switch and call_rcu_tasks(), + along with expedited and synchronous variants. Defaults to "rcu". diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt index 97f17e9decda..ec6998b1b6d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt @@ -56,14 +56,14 @@ rcuboost: The output of "cat rcu/rcu_preempt/rcudata" looks as follows: - 0!c=30455 g=30456 pq=1/0 qp=1 dt=126535/140000000000000/0 df=2002 of=4 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=74572 nci=0 co=1131 ca=716 - 1!c=30719 g=30720 pq=1/0 qp=0 dt=132007/140000000000000/0 df=1874 of=10 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=123209 nci=0 co=685 ca=982 - 2!c=30150 g=30151 pq=1/1 qp=1 dt=138537/140000000000000/0 df=1707 of=8 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=80132 nci=0 co=1328 ca=1458 - 3 c=31249 g=31250 pq=1/1 qp=0 dt=107255/140000000000000/0 df=1749 of=6 ql=0/450 qs=NRW. b=10 ci=151700 nci=0 co=509 ca=622 - 4!c=29502 g=29503 pq=1/0 qp=1 dt=83647/140000000000000/0 df=965 of=5 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=65643 nci=0 co=1373 ca=1521 - 5 c=31201 g=31202 pq=1/0 qp=1 dt=70422/0/0 df=535 of=7 ql=0/0 qs=.... b=10 ci=58500 nci=0 co=764 ca=698 - 6!c=30253 g=30254 pq=1/0 qp=1 dt=95363/140000000000000/0 df=780 of=5 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=100607 nci=0 co=1414 ca=1353 - 7 c=31178 g=31178 pq=1/0 qp=0 dt=91536/0/0 df=547 of=4 ql=0/0 qs=.... b=10 ci=109819 nci=0 co=1115 ca=969 + 0!c=30455 g=30456 cnq=1/0:1 dt=126535/140000000000000/0 df=2002 of=4 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=74572 nci=0 co=1131 ca=716 + 1!c=30719 g=30720 cnq=1/0:0 dt=132007/140000000000000/0 df=1874 of=10 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=123209 nci=0 co=685 ca=982 + 2!c=30150 g=30151 cnq=1/1:1 dt=138537/140000000000000/0 df=1707 of=8 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=80132 nci=0 co=1328 ca=1458 + 3 c=31249 g=31250 cnq=1/1:0 dt=107255/140000000000000/0 df=1749 of=6 ql=0/450 qs=NRW. b=10 ci=151700 nci=0 co=509 ca=622 + 4!c=29502 g=29503 cnq=1/0:1 dt=83647/140000000000000/0 df=965 of=5 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=65643 nci=0 co=1373 ca=1521 + 5 c=31201 g=31202 cnq=1/0:1 dt=70422/0/0 df=535 of=7 ql=0/0 qs=.... b=10 ci=58500 nci=0 co=764 ca=698 + 6!c=30253 g=30254 cnq=1/0:1 dt=95363/140000000000000/0 df=780 of=5 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=100607 nci=0 co=1414 ca=1353 + 7 c=31178 g=31178 cnq=1/0:0 dt=91536/0/0 df=547 of=4 ql=0/0 qs=.... b=10 ci=109819 nci=0 co=1115 ca=969 This file has one line per CPU, or eight for this 8-CPU system. The fields are as follows: @@ -188,14 +188,14 @@ o "ca" is the number of RCU callbacks that have been adopted by this Kernels compiled with CONFIG_RCU_BOOST=y display the following from /debug/rcu/rcu_preempt/rcudata: - 0!c=12865 g=12866 pq=1/0 qp=1 dt=83113/140000000000000/0 df=288 of=11 ql=0/0 qs=N... kt=0/O ktl=944 b=10 ci=60709 nci=0 co=748 ca=871 - 1 c=14407 g=14408 pq=1/0 qp=0 dt=100679/140000000000000/0 df=378 of=7 ql=0/119 qs=NRW. kt=0/W ktl=9b6 b=10 ci=109740 nci=0 co=589 ca=485 - 2 c=14407 g=14408 pq=1/0 qp=0 dt=105486/0/0 df=90 of=9 ql=0/89 qs=NRW. kt=0/W ktl=c0c b=10 ci=83113 nci=0 co=533 ca=490 - 3 c=14407 g=14408 pq=1/0 qp=0 dt=107138/0/0 df=142 of=8 ql=0/188 qs=NRW. kt=0/W ktl=b96 b=10 ci=121114 nci=0 co=426 ca=290 - 4 c=14405 g=14406 pq=1/0 qp=1 dt=50238/0/0 df=706 of=7 ql=0/0 qs=.... kt=0/W ktl=812 b=10 ci=34929 nci=0 co=643 ca=114 - 5!c=14168 g=14169 pq=1/0 qp=0 dt=45465/140000000000000/0 df=161 of=11 ql=0/0 qs=N... kt=0/O ktl=b4d b=10 ci=47712 nci=0 co=677 ca=722 - 6 c=14404 g=14405 pq=1/0 qp=0 dt=59454/0/0 df=94 of=6 ql=0/0 qs=.... kt=0/W ktl=e57 b=10 ci=55597 nci=0 co=701 ca=811 - 7 c=14407 g=14408 pq=1/0 qp=1 dt=68850/0/0 df=31 of=8 ql=0/0 qs=.... kt=0/W ktl=14bd b=10 ci=77475 nci=0 co=508 ca=1042 + 0!c=12865 g=12866 cnq=1/0:1 dt=83113/140000000000000/0 df=288 of=11 ql=0/0 qs=N... kt=0/O ktl=944 b=10 ci=60709 nci=0 co=748 ca=871 + 1 c=14407 g=14408 cnq=1/0:0 dt=100679/140000000000000/0 df=378 of=7 ql=0/119 qs=NRW. kt=0/W ktl=9b6 b=10 ci=109740 nci=0 co=589 ca=485 + 2 c=14407 g=14408 cnq=1/0:0 dt=105486/0/0 df=90 of=9 ql=0/89 qs=NRW. kt=0/W ktl=c0c b=10 ci=83113 nci=0 co=533 ca=490 + 3 c=14407 g=14408 cnq=1/0:0 dt=107138/0/0 df=142 of=8 ql=0/188 qs=NRW. kt=0/W ktl=b96 b=10 ci=121114 nci=0 co=426 ca=290 + 4 c=14405 g=14406 cnq=1/0:1 dt=50238/0/0 df=706 of=7 ql=0/0 qs=.... kt=0/W ktl=812 b=10 ci=34929 nci=0 co=643 ca=114 + 5!c=14168 g=14169 cnq=1/0:0 dt=45465/140000000000000/0 df=161 of=11 ql=0/0 qs=N... kt=0/O ktl=b4d b=10 ci=47712 nci=0 co=677 ca=722 + 6 c=14404 g=14405 cnq=1/0:0 dt=59454/0/0 df=94 of=6 ql=0/0 qs=.... kt=0/W ktl=e57 b=10 ci=55597 nci=0 co=701 ca=811 + 7 c=14407 g=14408 cnq=1/0:1 dt=68850/0/0 df=31 of=8 ql=0/0 qs=.... kt=0/W ktl=14bd b=10 ci=77475 nci=0 co=508 ca=1042 This is similar to the output discussed above, but contains the following additional fields: diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt index adc2184009c5..dc49c6712b17 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ uses of RCU may be found in listRCU.txt, arrayRCU.txt, and NMI-RCU.txt. }; DEFINE_SPINLOCK(foo_mutex); - struct foo *gbl_foo; + struct foo __rcu *gbl_foo; /* * Create a new struct foo that is the same as the one currently @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ uses of RCU may be found in listRCU.txt, arrayRCU.txt, and NMI-RCU.txt. new_fp = kmalloc(sizeof(*new_fp), GFP_KERNEL); spin_lock(&foo_mutex); - old_fp = gbl_foo; + old_fp = rcu_dereference_protected(gbl_foo, lockdep_is_held(&foo_mutex)); *new_fp = *old_fp; new_fp->a = new_a; rcu_assign_pointer(gbl_foo, new_fp); @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ The foo_update_a() function might then be written as follows: new_fp = kmalloc(sizeof(*new_fp), GFP_KERNEL); spin_lock(&foo_mutex); - old_fp = gbl_foo; + old_fp = rcu_dereference_protected(gbl_foo, lockdep_is_held(&foo_mutex)); *new_fp = *old_fp; new_fp->a = new_a; rcu_assign_pointer(gbl_foo, new_fp); diff --git a/Documentation/arm/OMAP/README b/Documentation/arm/OMAP/README new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..75645c45d14a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/OMAP/README @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +This file contains documentation for running mainline +kernel on omaps. + +KERNEL NEW DEPENDENCIES +v4.3+ Update is needed for custom .config files to make sure + CONFIG_REGULATOR_PBIAS is enabled for MMC1 to work + properly. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor deleted file mode 100644 index 9cff415da5a7..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Victor +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -Victor is known as a "digital talking book player" manufactured by -VisuAide, Inc. to be used by blind people. - -For more information related to Victor, see: - - http://www.humanware.com/en-usa/products - -Of course Victor is using Linux as its main operating system. -The Victor implementation for Linux is maintained by Nicolas Pitre: - - nico@visuaide.com - nico@fluxnic.net - -For any comments, please feel free to contact me through the above -addresses. - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm/memory.txt index 4178ebda6e66..546a39048eb0 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/memory.txt @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ VMALLOC_START VMALLOC_END-1 vmalloc() / ioremap() space. located here through iotable_init(). VMALLOC_START is based upon the value of the high_memory variable, and VMALLOC_END - is equal to 0xff000000. + is equal to 0xff800000. PAGE_OFFSET high_memory-1 Kernel direct-mapped RAM region. This maps the platforms RAM, and typically diff --git a/Documentation/arm/uefi.txt b/Documentation/arm/uefi.txt index d60030a1b909..6543a0adea8a 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/uefi.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/uefi.txt @@ -58,7 +58,3 @@ linux,uefi-mmap-desc-size | 32-bit | Size in bytes of each entry in the UEFI -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- linux,uefi-mmap-desc-ver | 32-bit | Version of the mmap descriptor format. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -linux,uefi-stub-kern-ver | string | Copy of linux_banner from build. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -For verbose debug messages, specify 'uefi_debug' on the kernel command line. diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt index 7d9d3c2286b2..701d39d3171a 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt @@ -104,7 +104,12 @@ Header notes: - The flags field (introduced in v3.17) is a little-endian 64-bit field composed as follows: Bit 0: Kernel endianness. 1 if BE, 0 if LE. - Bits 1-63: Reserved. + Bit 1-2: Kernel Page size. + 0 - Unspecified. + 1 - 4K + 2 - 16K + 3 - 64K + Bits 3-63: Reserved. - When image_size is zero, a bootloader should attempt to keep as much memory as possible free for use by the kernel immediately after the @@ -173,13 +178,22 @@ Before jumping into the kernel, the following conditions must be met: the kernel image will be entered must be initialised by software at a higher exception level to prevent execution in an UNKNOWN state. - For systems with a GICv3 interrupt controller: + For systems with a GICv3 interrupt controller to be used in v3 mode: - If EL3 is present: ICC_SRE_EL3.Enable (bit 3) must be initialiased to 0b1. ICC_SRE_EL3.SRE (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b1. - If the kernel is entered at EL1: ICC.SRE_EL2.Enable (bit 3) must be initialised to 0b1 ICC_SRE_EL2.SRE (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b1. + - The DT or ACPI tables must describe a GICv3 interrupt controller. + + For systems with a GICv3 interrupt controller to be used in + compatibility (v2) mode: + - If EL3 is present: + ICC_SRE_EL3.SRE (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b0. + - If the kernel is entered at EL1: + ICC_SRE_EL2.SRE (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b0. + - The DT or ACPI tables must describe a GICv2 interrupt controller. The requirements described above for CPU mode, caches, MMUs, architected timers, coherency and system registers apply to all CPUs. All CPUs must diff --git a/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt b/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt index b19fc34efdb1..c9d1cacb4395 100644 --- a/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt +++ b/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt @@ -542,6 +542,10 @@ The routines xchg() and cmpxchg() must provide the same exact memory-barrier semantics as the atomic and bit operations returning values. +Note: If someone wants to use xchg(), cmpxchg() and their variants, +linux/atomic.h should be included rather than asm/cmpxchg.h, unless +the code is in arch/* and can take care of itself. + Spinlocks and rwlocks have memory barrier expectations as well. The rule to follow is simple: diff --git a/Documentation/block/pr.txt b/Documentation/block/pr.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d3eb1ca65051 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/block/pr.txt @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ + +Block layer support for Persistent Reservations +=============================================== + +The Linux kernel supports a user space interface for simplified +Persistent Reservations which map to block devices that support +these (like SCSI). Persistent Reservations allow restricting +access to block devices to specific initiators in a shared storage +setup. + +This document gives a general overview of the support ioctl commands. +For a more detailed reference please refer the the SCSI Primary +Commands standard, specifically the section on Reservations and the +"PERSISTENT RESERVE IN" and "PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT" commands. + +All implementations are expected to ensure the reservations survive +a power loss and cover all connections in a multi path environment. +These behaviors are optional in SPC but will be automatically applied +by Linux. + + +The following types of reservations are supported: +-------------------------------------------------- + + - PR_WRITE_EXCLUSIVE + + Only the initiator that owns the reservation can write to the + device. Any initiator can read from the device. + + - PR_EXCLUSIVE_ACCESS + + Only the initiator that owns the reservation can access the + device. + + - PR_WRITE_EXCLUSIVE_REG_ONLY + + Only initiators with a registered key can write to the device, + Any initiator can read from the device. + + - PR_EXCLUSIVE_ACCESS_REG_ONLY + + Only initiators with a registered key can access the device. + + - PR_WRITE_EXCLUSIVE_ALL_REGS + + Only initiators with a registered key can write to the device, + Any initiator can read from the device. + All initiators with a registered key are considered reservation + holders. + Please reference the SPC spec on the meaning of a reservation + holder if you want to use this type. + + - PR_EXCLUSIVE_ACCESS_ALL_REGS + + Only initiators with a registered key can access the device. + All initiators with a registered key are considered reservation + holders. + Please reference the SPC spec on the meaning of a reservation + holder if you want to use this type. + + +The following ioctl are supported: +---------------------------------- + +1. IOC_PR_REGISTER + +This ioctl command registers a new reservation if the new_key argument +is non-null. If no existing reservation exists old_key must be zero, +if an existing reservation should be replaced old_key must contain +the old reservation key. + +If the new_key argument is 0 it unregisters the existing reservation passed +in old_key. + + +2. IOC_PR_RESERVE + +This ioctl command reserves the device and thus restricts access for other +devices based on the type argument. The key argument must be the existing +reservation key for the device as acquired by the IOC_PR_REGISTER, +IOC_PR_REGISTER_IGNORE, IOC_PR_PREEMPT or IOC_PR_PREEMPT_ABORT commands. + + +3. IOC_PR_RELEASE + +This ioctl command releases the reservation specified by key and flags +and thus removes any access restriction implied by it. + + +4. IOC_PR_PREEMPT + +This ioctl command releases the existing reservation referred to by +old_key and replaces it with a a new reservation of type for the +reservation key new_key. + + +5. IOC_PR_PREEMPT_ABORT + +This ioctl command works like IOC_PR_PREEMPT except that it also aborts +any outstanding command sent over a connection identified by old_key. + +6. IOC_PR_CLEAR + +This ioctl command unregisters both key and any other reservation key +registered with the device and drops any existing reservation. + + +Flags +----- + +All the ioctls have a flag field. Currently only one flag is supported: + + - PR_FL_IGNORE_KEY + + Ignore the existing reservation key. This is commonly supported for + IOC_PR_REGISTER, and some implementation may support the flag for + IOC_PR_RESERVE. + +For all unknown flags the kernel will return -EOPNOTSUPP. diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt index f935fac1e73b..c6256ae9885b 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt @@ -637,6 +637,10 @@ void exit(struct task_struct *task) Called during task exit. +void free(struct task_struct *task) + +Called when the task_struct is freed. + void bind(struct cgroup *root) (cgroup_mutex held by caller) diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt index 5c07337b51c1..781b1d475bcf 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt @@ -107,12 +107,6 @@ root of unified hierarchy can be bound to other hierarchies. This allows mixing unified hierarchy with the traditional multiple hierarchies in a fully backward compatible way. -For development purposes, the following boot parameter makes all -controllers to appear on the unified hierarchy whether supported or -not. - - cgroup__DEVEL__legacy_files_on_dfl - A controller can be moved across hierarchies only after the controller is no longer referenced in its current hierarchy. Because per-cgroup controller states are destroyed asynchronously and controllers may @@ -341,11 +335,11 @@ is riddled with issues. unnecessarily complicated and probably done this way because event delivery itself was expensive. -Unified hierarchy implements an interface file "cgroup.populated" -which can be used to monitor whether the cgroup's subhierarchy has -tasks in it or not. Its value is 0 if there is no task in the cgroup -and its descendants; otherwise, 1. poll and [id]notify events are -triggered when the value changes. +Unified hierarchy implements "populated" field in "cgroup.events" +interface file which can be used to monitor whether the cgroup's +subhierarchy has tasks in it or not. Its value is 0 if there is no +task in the cgroup and its descendants; otherwise, 1. poll and +[id]notify events are triggered when the value changes. This is significantly lighter and simpler and trivially allows delegating management of subhierarchy - subhierarchy monitoring can @@ -374,6 +368,10 @@ supported and the interface files "release_agent" and - The "cgroup.clone_children" file is removed. +- /proc/PID/cgroup keeps reporting the cgroup that a zombie belonged + to before exiting. If the cgroup is removed before the zombie is + reaped, " (deleted)" is appeneded to the path. + 5-3. Controller File Conventions @@ -435,6 +433,11 @@ may be specified in any order and not all pairs have to be specified. the first entry in the file. Specific entries can use "default" as its value to indicate inheritance of the default value. +- For events which are not very high frequency, an interface file + "events" should be created which lists event key value pairs. + Whenever a notifiable event happens, file modified event should be + generated on the file. + 5-4. Per-Controller Changes diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt b/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt index b7675904a747..8c07e0ea6bc0 100644 --- a/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt +++ b/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ and looks like the following: const struct public_key_signature *sig); }; -Asymmetric keys point to this with their type_data[0] member. +Asymmetric keys point to this with their payload[asym_subtype] member. The owner and name fields should be set to the owning module and the name of the subtype. Currently, the name is only used for print statements. @@ -269,8 +269,7 @@ mandatory: struct key_preparsed_payload { char *description; - void *type_data[2]; - void *payload; + void *payload[4]; const void *data; size_t datalen; size_t quotalen; @@ -283,16 +282,18 @@ mandatory: not theirs. If the parser is happy with the blob, it should propose a description for - the key and attach it to ->description, ->type_data[0] should be set to - point to the subtype to be used, ->payload should be set to point to the - initialised data for that subtype, ->type_data[1] should point to a hex - fingerprint and quotalen should be updated to indicate how much quota this - key should account for. - - When clearing up, the data attached to ->type_data[1] and ->description - will be kfree()'d and the data attached to ->payload will be passed to the - subtype's ->destroy() method to be disposed of. A module reference for - the subtype pointed to by ->type_data[0] will be put. + the key and attach it to ->description, ->payload[asym_subtype] should be + set to point to the subtype to be used, ->payload[asym_crypto] should be + set to point to the initialised data for that subtype, + ->payload[asym_key_ids] should point to one or more hex fingerprints and + quotalen should be updated to indicate how much quota this key should + account for. + + When clearing up, the data attached to ->payload[asym_key_ids] and + ->description will be kfree()'d and the data attached to + ->payload[asm_crypto] will be passed to the subtype's ->destroy() method + to be disposed of. A module reference for the subtype pointed to by + ->payload[asym_subtype] will be put. If the data format is not recognised, -EBADMSG should be returned. If it diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/delay.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/delay.txt index 15adc55359e5..a07b5927f4a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/delay.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/delay.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Parameters: <device> <offset> <delay> [<write_device> <write_offset> <write_delay>] With separate write parameters, the first set is only used for reads. +Offsets are specified in sectors. Delays are specified in milliseconds. Example scripts diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/snapshot.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/snapshot.txt index 0d5bc46dc167..ad6949bff2e3 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/snapshot.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/snapshot.txt @@ -41,9 +41,13 @@ useless and be disabled, returning errors. So it is important to monitor the amount of free space and expand the <COW device> before it fills up. <persistent?> is P (Persistent) or N (Not persistent - will not survive -after reboot). -The difference is that for transient snapshots less metadata must be -saved on disk - they can be kept in memory by the kernel. +after reboot). O (Overflow) can be added as a persistent store option +to allow userspace to advertise its support for seeing "Overflow" in the +snapshot status. So supported store types are "P", "PO" and "N". + +The difference between persistent and transient is with transient +snapshots less metadata must be saved on disk - they can be kept in +memory by the kernel. * snapshot-merge <origin> <COW device> <persistent> <chunksize> diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt index ddfade40ac59..7803e77d85cb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic-v3.txt @@ -57,6 +57,8 @@ used to route Message Signalled Interrupts (MSI) to the CPUs. These nodes must have the following properties: - compatible : Should at least contain "arm,gic-v3-its". - msi-controller : Boolean property. Identifies the node as an MSI controller +- #msi-cells: Must be <1>. The single msi-cell is the DeviceID of the device + which will generate the MSI. - reg: Specifies the base physical address and size of the ITS registers. @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Examples: gic-its@2c200000 { compatible = "arm,gic-v3-its"; msi-controller; + #msi-cells = <1>; reg = <0x0 0x2c200000 0 0x200000>; }; }; @@ -107,12 +110,14 @@ Examples: gic-its@2c200000 { compatible = "arm,gic-v3-its"; msi-controller; + #msi-cells = <1>; reg = <0x0 0x2c200000 0 0x200000>; }; gic-its@2c400000 { compatible = "arm,gic-v3-its"; msi-controller; + #msi-cells = <1>; reg = <0x0 0x2c400000 0 0x200000>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt index 2da059a4790c..cc56021eb60b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt @@ -11,13 +11,14 @@ have PPIs or SGIs. Main node required properties: - compatible : should be one of: - "arm,gic-400" + "arm,arm1176jzf-devchip-gic" + "arm,arm11mp-gic" "arm,cortex-a15-gic" - "arm,cortex-a9-gic" "arm,cortex-a7-gic" - "arm,arm11mp-gic" + "arm,cortex-a9-gic" + "arm,gic-400" + "arm,pl390" "brcm,brahma-b15-gic" - "arm,arm1176jzf-devchip-gic" "qcom,msm-8660-qgic" "qcom,msm-qgic2" - interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller @@ -58,6 +59,21 @@ Optional regions, used when the GIC doesn't have banked registers. The offset is cpu-offset * cpu-nr. +- clocks : List of phandle and clock-specific pairs, one for each entry + in clock-names. +- clock-names : List of names for the GIC clock input(s). Valid clock names + depend on the GIC variant: + "ic_clk" (for "arm,arm11mp-gic") + "PERIPHCLKEN" (for "arm,cortex-a15-gic") + "PERIPHCLK", "PERIPHCLKEN" (for "arm,cortex-a9-gic") + "clk" (for "arm,gic-400") + "gclk" (for "arm,pl390") + +- power-domains : A phandle and PM domain specifier as defined by bindings of + the power controller specified by phandle, used when the GIC + is part of a Power or Clock Domain. + + Example: intc: interrupt-controller@fff11000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt index a8274eabae2e..b8e41c148a3c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ cpus { }; idle-states { - entry-method = "arm,psci"; + entry-method = "psci"; CPU_RETENTION_0_0: cpu-retention-0-0 { compatible = "arm,idle-state"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b1f2ce17dff8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Mediatek imgsys controller +============================ + +The Mediatek imgsys controller provides various clocks to the system. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: Should be: + - "mediatek,mt8173-imgsys", "syscon" +- #clock-cells: Must be 1 + +The imgsys controller uses the common clk binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. + +Example: + +imgsys: clock-controller@15000000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-imgsys", "syscon"; + reg = <0 0x15000000 0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4385946eadef --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Mediatek mmsys controller +============================ + +The Mediatek mmsys controller provides various clocks to the system. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: Should be: + - "mediatek,mt8173-mmsys", "syscon" +- #clock-cells: Must be 1 + +The mmsys controller uses the common clk binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. + +Example: + +mmsys: clock-controller@14000000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-mmsys", "syscon"; + reg = <0 0x14000000 0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1faacf1c1b25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Mediatek vdecsys controller +============================ + +The Mediatek vdecsys controller provides various clocks to the system. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: Should be: + - "mediatek,mt8173-vdecsys", "syscon" +- #clock-cells: Must be 1 + +The vdecsys controller uses the common clk binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. + +Example: + +vdecsys: clock-controller@16000000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-vdecsys", "syscon"; + reg = <0 0x16000000 0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vencltsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vencltsys.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3cc299fd7857 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vencltsys.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Mediatek vencltsys controller +============================ + +The Mediatek vencltsys controller provides various clocks to the system. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: Should be: + - "mediatek,mt8173-vencltsys", "syscon" +- #clock-cells: Must be 1 + +The vencltsys controller uses the common clk binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. + +Example: + +vencltsys: clock-controller@19000000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-vencltsys", "syscon"; + reg = <0 0x19000000 0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vencsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vencsys.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5bb2866a2b50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vencsys.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Mediatek vencsys controller +============================ + +The Mediatek vencsys controller provides various clocks to the system. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: Should be: + - "mediatek,mt8173-vencsys", "syscon" +- #clock-cells: Must be 1 + +The vencsys controller uses the common clk binding from +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. + +Example: + +vencsys: clock-controller@18000000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-vencsys", "syscon"; + reg = <0 0x18000000 0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt index 435251fa9ce0..4b7c3d9b29bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt @@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be one of "arm,armv8-pmuv3" + "arm.cortex-a57-pmu" + "arm.cortex-a53-pmu" "arm,cortex-a17-pmu" "arm,cortex-a15-pmu" "arm,cortex-a12-pmu" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/twd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/twd.txt index 75b8610939fa..383ea19c2bf0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/twd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/twd.txt @@ -19,6 +19,11 @@ interrupts. - reg : Specify the base address and the size of the TWD timer register window. +Optional + +- always-on : a boolean property. If present, the timer is powered through + an always-on power domain, therefore it never loses context. + Example: twd-timer@2c000600 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-fsl-qoriq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-fsl-qoriq.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..032a7606b862 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-fsl-qoriq.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Binding for Freescale QorIQ AHCI SATA Controller + +Required properties: + - reg: Physical base address and size of the controller's register area. + - compatible: Compatibility string. Must be 'fsl,<chip>-ahci', where + chip could be ls1021a, ls2080a, ls1043a etc. + - clocks: Input clock specifier. Refer to common clock bindings. + - interrupts: Interrupt specifier. Refer to interrupt binding. + +Optional properties: + - dma-coherent: Enable AHCI coherent DMA operation. + - reg-names: register area names when there are more than 1 register area. + +Examples: + sata@3200000 { + compatible = "fsl,ls1021a-ahci"; + reg = <0x0 0x3200000 0x0 0x10000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 101 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&platform_clk 1>; + dma-coherent; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt index a2321819e7f5..c2340eeeb97f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt @@ -16,8 +16,6 @@ Required properties: - "snps,dwc-ahci" - "snps,exynos5440-ahci" - "snps,spear-ahci" - - "fsl,qoriq-ahci" : for qoriq series socs which include ls1021, ls2085, etc. - - "fsl,<chip>-ahci" : chip could be ls1021, ls2085 etc. - "generic-ahci" - interrupts : <interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ> - reg : <registers mapping> diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt index 5ba6450693b9..181bc8ac4e3a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt @@ -77,6 +77,9 @@ Required properties: "atmel,sama5d4-clk-h32mx": at91 h32mx clock + "atmel,sama5d2-clk-generated": + at91 generated clock + Required properties for SCKC node: - reg : defines the IO memory reserved for the SCKC. - #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id). @@ -461,3 +464,35 @@ For example: compatible = "atmel,sama5d4-clk-h32mx"; clocks = <&mck>; }; + +Required properties for generated clocks: +- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id). +- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id). +- clocks : shall be the generated clock source phandles. + e.g. clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plladiv>, <&utmi>, <&mck>, <&audio_pll_pmc>; +- name: device tree node describing a specific generated clock. + * #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. + * reg: peripheral id. See Atmel's datasheets to get a full + list of peripheral ids. + * atmel,clk-output-range : minimum and maximum clock frequency + (two u32 fields). + +For example: + gck { + compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-clk-generated"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plladiv>, <&utmi>, <&mck>, <&audio_pll_pmc>; + + tcb0_gclk: tcb0_gclk { + #clock-cells = <0>; + reg = <35>; + atmel,clk-output-range = <0 83000000>; + }; + + pwm_gclk: pwm_gclk { + #clock-cells = <0>; + reg = <38>; + atmel,clk-output-range = <0 83000000>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,bcm2835-cprman.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,bcm2835-cprman.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e56a1df3a9d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,bcm2835-cprman.txt @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +Broadcom BCM2835 CPRMAN clocks + +This binding uses the common clock binding: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +The CPRMAN clock controller generates clocks in the audio power domain +of the BCM2835. There is a level of PLLs deriving from an external +oscillator, a level of PLL dividers that produce channels off of the +few PLLs, and a level of mostly-generic clock generators sourcing from +the PLL channels. Most other hardware components source from the +clock generators, but a few (like the ARM or HDMI) will source from +the PLL dividers directly. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "brcm,bcm2835-cprman" +- #clock-cells: Should be <1>. The permitted clock-specifier values can be + found in include/dt-bindings/clock/bcm2835.h +- reg: Specifies base physical address and size of the registers +- clocks: The external oscillator clock phandle + +Example: + + clk_osc: clock@3 { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + reg = <3>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-output-names = "osc"; + clock-frequency = <19200000>; + }; + + clocks: cprman@7e101000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-cprman"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x7e101000 0x2000>; + clocks = <&clk_osc>; + }; + + i2c0: i2c@7e205000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-i2c"; + reg = <0x7e205000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <2 21>; + clocks = <&clocks BCM2835_CLOCK_VPU>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,iproc-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,iproc-clocks.txt index da8d9bb5751c..ede65a55e21b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,iproc-clocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,iproc-clocks.txt @@ -130,3 +130,81 @@ These clock IDs are defined in: ch3_unused mipipll 4 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH3_UNUSED ch4_unused mipipll 5 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH4_UNUSED ch5_unused mipipll 6 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH5_UNUSED + +Northstar and Northstar Plus +------ +PLL and leaf clock compatible strings for Northstar and Northstar Plus are: + "brcm,nsp-armpll" + "brcm,nsp-genpll" + "brcm,nsp-lcpll0" + +The following table defines the set of PLL/clock index and ID for Northstar and +Northstar Plus. These clock IDs are defined in: + "include/dt-bindings/clock/bcm-nsp.h" + + Clock Source Index ID + --- ----- ----- --------- + crystal N/A N/A N/A + + armpll crystal N/A N/A + + genpll crystal 0 BCM_NSP_GENPLL + phy genpll 1 BCM_NSP_GENPLL_PHY_CLK + ethernetclk genpll 2 BCM_NSP_GENPLL_ENET_SW_CLK + usbclk genpll 3 BCM_NSP_GENPLL_USB_PHY_REF_CLK + iprocfast genpll 4 BCM_NSP_GENPLL_IPROCFAST_CLK + sata1 genpll 5 BCM_NSP_GENPLL_SATA1_CLK + sata2 genpll 6 BCM_NSP_GENPLL_SATA2_CLK + + lcpll0 crystal 0 BCM_NSP_LCPLL0 + pcie_phy lcpll0 1 BCM_NSP_LCPLL0_PCIE_PHY_REF_CLK + sdio lcpll0 2 BCM_NSP_LCPLL0_SDIO_CLK + ddr_phy lcpll0 3 BCM_NSP_LCPLL0_DDR_PHY_CLK + +Northstar 2 +----------- +PLL and leaf clock compatible strings for Northstar 2 are: + "brcm,ns2-genpll-scr" + "brcm,ns2-genpll-sw" + "brcm,ns2-lcpll-ddr" + "brcm,ns2-lcpll-ports" + +The following table defines the set of PLL/clock index and ID for Northstar 2. +These clock IDs are defined in: + "include/dt-bindings/clock/bcm-ns2.h" + + Clock Source Index ID + --- ----- ----- --------- + crystal N/A N/A N/A + + genpll_scr crystal 0 BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SCR + scr genpll_scr 1 BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SCR_SCR_CLK + fs genpll_scr 2 BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SCR_FS_CLK + audio_ref genpll_scr 3 BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SCR_AUDIO_CLK + ch3_unused genpll_scr 4 BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SCR_CH3_UNUSED + ch4_unused genpll_scr 5 BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SCR_CH4_UNUSED + ch5_unused genpll_scr 6 BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SCR_CH5_UNUSED + + genpll_sw crystal 0 BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SW + rpe genpll_sw 1 BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SW_RPE_CLK + 250 genpll_sw 2 BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SW_250_CLK + nic genpll_sw 3 BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SW_NIC_CLK + chimp genpll_sw 4 BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SW_CHIMP_CLK + port genpll_sw 5 BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SW_PORT_CLK + sdio genpll_sw 6 BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SW_SDIO_CLK + + lcpll_ddr crystal 0 BCM_NS2_LCPLL_DDR + pcie_sata_usb lcpll_ddr 1 BCM_NS2_LCPLL_DDR_PCIE_SATA_USB_CLK + ddr lcpll_ddr 2 BCM_NS2_LCPLL_DDR_DDR_CLK + ch2_unused lcpll_ddr 3 BCM_NS2_LCPLL_DDR_CH2_UNUSED + ch3_unused lcpll_ddr 4 BCM_NS2_LCPLL_DDR_CH3_UNUSED + ch4_unused lcpll_ddr 5 BCM_NS2_LCPLL_DDR_CH4_UNUSED + ch5_unused lcpll_ddr 6 BCM_NS2_LCPLL_DDR_CH5_UNUSED + + lcpll_ports crystal 0 BCM_NS2_LCPLL_PORTS + wan lcpll_ports 1 BCM_NS2_LCPLL_PORTS_WAN_CLK + rgmii lcpll_ports 2 BCM_NS2_LCPLL_PORTS_RGMII_CLK + ch2_unused lcpll_ports 3 BCM_NS2_LCPLL_PORTS_CH2_UNUSED + ch3_unused lcpll_ports 4 BCM_NS2_LCPLL_PORTS_CH3_UNUSED + ch4_unused lcpll_ports 5 BCM_NS2_LCPLL_PORTS_CH4_UNUSED + ch5_unused lcpll_ports 6 BCM_NS2_LCPLL_PORTS_CH5_UNUSED diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt index 5ddb68418655..38dcf0370143 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ * Renesas CPG DIV6 Clock The CPG DIV6 clocks are variable factor clocks provided by the Clock Pulse -Generator (CPG). They clock input is divided by a configurable factor from 1 +Generator (CPG). Their clock input is divided by a configurable factor from 1 to 64. Required Properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..59297d34b208 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +* Renesas Clock Pulse Generator / Module Standby and Software Reset + +On Renesas ARM SoCs (SH/R-Mobile, R-Car, RZ), the CPG (Clock Pulse Generator) +and MSSR (Module Standby and Software Reset) blocks are intimately connected, +and share the same register block. + +They provide the following functionalities: + - The CPG block generates various core clocks, + - The MSSR block provides two functions: + 1. Module Standby, providing a Clock Domain to control the clock supply + to individual SoC devices, + 2. Reset Control, to perform a software reset of individual SoC devices. + +Required Properties: + - compatible: Must be one of: + - "renesas,r8a7795-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7795 SoC + + - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the CPG/MSSR + block + + - clocks: References to external parent clocks, one entry for each entry in + clock-names + - clock-names: List of external parent clock names. Valid names are: + - "extal" (r8a7795) + - "extalr" (r8a7795) + + - #clock-cells: Must be 2 + - For CPG core clocks, the two clock specifier cells must be "CPG_CORE" + and a core clock reference, as defined in + <dt-bindings/clock/*-cpg-mssr.h>. + - For module clocks, the two clock specifier cells must be "CPG_MOD" and + a module number, as defined in the datasheet. + + - #power-domain-cells: Must be 0 + - SoC devices that are part of the CPG/MSSR Clock Domain and can be + power-managed through Module Standby should refer to the CPG device + node in their "power-domains" property, as documented by the generic PM + Domain bindings in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt. + + +Examples +-------- + + - CPG device node: + + cpg: clock-controller@e6150000 { + compatible = "renesas,r8a7795-cpg-mssr"; + reg = <0 0xe6150000 0 0x1000>; + clocks = <&extal_clk>, <&extalr_clk>; + clock-names = "extal", "extalr"; + #clock-cells = <2>; + #power-domain-cells = <0>; + }; + + + - CPG/MSSR Clock Domain member device node: + + scif2: serial@e6e88000 { + compatible = "renesas,scif-r8a7795", "renesas,scif"; + reg = <0 0xe6e88000 0 64>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 164 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD 310>; + clock-names = "sci_ick"; + dmas = <&dmac1 0x13>, <&dmac1 0x12>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + power-domains = <&cpg>; + status = "disabled"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si514.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si514.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ea1a9dbc63b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si514.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Binding for Silicon Labs 514 programmable I2C clock generator. + +Reference +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. Details about the device can be +found in the datasheet[2]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +[2] Si514 datasheet + http://www.silabs.com/Support%20Documents/TechnicalDocs/si514.pdf + +Required properties: + - compatible: Shall be "silabs,si514" + - reg: I2C device address. + - #clock-cells: From common clock bindings: Shall be 0. + +Optional properties: + - clock-output-names: From common clock bindings. Recommended to be "si514". + +Example: + si514: clock-generator@55 { + reg = <0x55>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "silabs,si514"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-pll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-pll.txt index d8b168ebd5f1..844b3a0976bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-pll.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen-pll.txt @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ Required properties: "st,stih407-plls-c32-a9", "st,clkgen-plls-c32" "sst,plls-c32-cx_0", "st,clkgen-plls-c32" "sst,plls-c32-cx_1", "st,clkgen-plls-c32" + "st,stih418-plls-c28-a9", "st,clkgen-plls-c32" "st,stih415-gpu-pll-c32", "st,clkgengpu-pll-c32" "st,stih416-gpu-pll-c32", "st,clkgengpu-pll-c32" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/apm-xgene-edac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/apm-xgene-edac.txt index 78edb80002c8..78e2a31c58d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/apm-xgene-edac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/apm-xgene-edac.txt @@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ The follow error types are supported: memory controller - Memory controller PMD (L1/L2) - Processor module unit (PMD) L1/L2 cache + L3 - L3 cache controller + SoC - SoC IP's such as Ethernet, SATA, and etc The following section describes the EDAC DT node binding. @@ -30,6 +32,17 @@ Required properties for PMD subnode: - reg : First resource shall be the PMD resource. - pmd-controller : Instance number of the PMD controller. +Required properties for L3 subnode: +- compatible : Shall be "apm,xgene-edac-l3" or + "apm,xgene-edac-l3-v2". +- reg : First resource shall be the L3 EDAC resource. + +Required properties for SoC subnode: +- compatible : Shall be "apm,xgene-edac-soc-v1" for revision 1 or + "apm,xgene-edac-l3-soc" for general value reporting + only. +- reg : First resource shall be the SoC EDAC resource. + Example: csw: csw@7e200000 { compatible = "apm,xgene-csw", "syscon"; @@ -76,4 +89,14 @@ Example: reg = <0x0 0x7c000000 0x0 0x200000>; pmd-controller = <0>; }; + + edacl3@7e600000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-edac-l3"; + reg = <0x0 0x7e600000 0x0 0x1000>; + }; + + edacsoc@7e930000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-edac-soc-v1"; + reg = <0x0 0x7e930000 0x0 0x1000>; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/xilinx-zynq-fpga-mgr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/xilinx-zynq-fpga-mgr.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7018aa896835 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/xilinx-zynq-fpga-mgr.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +Xilinx Zynq FPGA Manager + +Required properties: +- compatible: should contain "xlnx,zynq-devcfg-1.0" +- reg: base address and size for memory mapped io +- interrupts: interrupt for the FPGA manager device +- clocks: phandle for clocks required operation +- clock-names: name for the clock, should be "ref_clk" +- syscon: phandle for access to SLCR registers + +Example: + devcfg: devcfg@f8007000 { + compatible = "xlnx,zynq-devcfg-1.0"; + reg = <0xf8007000 0x100>; + interrupts = <0 8 4>; + clocks = <&clkc 12>; + clock-names = "ref_clk"; + syscon = <&slcr>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-msm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-msm.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ac20e68a004e..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-msm.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -MSM GPIO controller bindings - -Required properties: -- compatible: - - "qcom,msm-gpio" for MSM controllers -- #gpio-cells : Should be two. - - first cell is the pin number - - second cell is used to specify optional parameters (unused) -- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. -- #interrupt-cells : Should be 2. -- interrupt-controller: Mark the device node as an interrupt controller -- interrupts : Specify the TLMM summary interrupt number -- ngpio : Specify the number of MSM GPIOs - -Example: - - msmgpio: gpio@fd510000 { - compatible = "qcom,msm-gpio"; - gpio-controller; - #gpio-cells = <2>; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; - reg = <0xfd510000 0x4000>; - interrupts = <0 208 0>; - ngpio = <150>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt index b9a42f294dd0..13df9933f4cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ Required properties: ti,tca6408 ti,tca6416 ti,tca6424 + ti,tca9539 exar,xra1202 Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt index db4c6a663c03..7b542657f259 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-zynq.txt @@ -12,6 +12,13 @@ Required properties: - interrupts : Interrupt specifier (see interrupt bindings for details) - interrupt-parent : Must be core interrupt controller +- interrupt-controller : Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells : Should be 2. The first cell is the GPIO number. + The second cell bits[3:0] is used to specify trigger type and level flags: + 1 = low-to-high edge triggered. + 2 = high-to-low edge triggered. + 4 = active high level-sensitive. + 8 = active low level-sensitive. - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device Example: @@ -22,5 +29,7 @@ Example: gpio-controller; interrupt-parent = <&intc>; interrupts = <0 20 4>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; reg = <0xe000a000 0x1000>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt index 5788d5cf1252..069cdf6f9dac 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt @@ -16,7 +16,9 @@ properties, each containing a 'gpio-list': GPIO properties should be named "[<name>-]gpios", with <name> being the purpose of this GPIO for the device. While a non-existent <name> is considered valid for compatibility reasons (resolving to the "gpios" property), it is not allowed -for new bindings. +for new bindings. Also, GPIO properties named "[<name>-]gpio" are valid and old +bindings use it, but are only supported for compatibility reasons and should not +be used for newer bindings since it has been deprecated. GPIO properties can contain one or more GPIO phandles, but only in exceptional cases should they contain more than one. If your device uses several GPIOs with @@ -52,9 +54,13 @@ only uses one. gpio-specifier may encode: bank, pin position inside the bank, whether pin is open-drain and whether pin is logically inverted. + Exact meaning of each specifier cell is controller specific, and must -be documented in the device tree binding for the device. Use the macros -defined in include/dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h whenever possible: +be documented in the device tree binding for the device. + +Most controllers are however specifying a generic flag bitfield +in the last cell, so for these, use the macros defined in +include/dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h whenever possible: Example of a node using GPIOs: @@ -65,6 +71,15 @@ Example of a node using GPIOs: GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH is 0, so in this example gpio-specifier is "18 0" and encodes GPIO pin number, and GPIO flags as accepted by the "qe_pio_e" gpio-controller. +Optional standard bitfield specifiers for the last cell: + +- Bit 0: 0 means active high, 1 means active low +- Bit 1: 1 means single-ended wiring, see: + https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Single-ended_triode + When used with active-low, this means open drain/collector, see: + https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open_collector + When used with active-high, this means open source/emitter + 1.1) GPIO specifier best practices ---------------------------------- @@ -116,6 +131,30 @@ Every GPIO controller node must contain both an empty "gpio-controller" property, and a #gpio-cells integer property, which indicates the number of cells in a gpio-specifier. +Optionally, a GPIO controller may have a "ngpios" property. This property +indicates the number of in-use slots of available slots for GPIOs. The +typical example is something like this: the hardware register is 32 bits +wide, but only 18 of the bits have a physical counterpart. The driver is +generally written so that all 32 bits can be used, but the IP block is reused +in a lot of designs, some using all 32 bits, some using 18 and some using +12. In this case, setting "ngpios = <18>;" informs the driver that only the +first 18 GPIOs, at local offset 0 .. 17, are in use. + +If these GPIOs do not happen to be the first N GPIOs at offset 0...N-1, an +additional bitmask is needed to specify which GPIOs are actually in use, +and which are dummies. The bindings for this case has not yet been +specified, but should be specified if/when such hardware appears. + +Example: + +gpio-controller@00000000 { + compatible = "foo"; + reg = <0x00000000 0x1000>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + ngpios = <18>; +} + The GPIO chip may contain GPIO hog definitions. GPIO hogging is a mechanism providing automatic GPIO request and configuration as part of the gpio-controller's driver probe function. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/netxbig-gpio-ext.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/netxbig-gpio-ext.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..50ec2e690701 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/netxbig-gpio-ext.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Binding for the GPIO extension bus found on some LaCie/Seagate boards +(Example: 2Big/5Big Network v2, 2Big NAS). + +Required properties: +- compatible: "lacie,netxbig-gpio-ext". +- addr-gpios: GPIOs representing the address register (LSB -> MSB). +- data-gpios: GPIOs representing the data register (LSB -> MSB). +- enable-gpio: latches the new configuration (address, data) on raising edge. + +Example: + +netxbig_gpio_ext: netxbig-gpio-ext { + compatible = "lacie,netxbig-gpio-ext"; + + addr-gpios = <&gpio1 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH + &gpio1 16 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH + &gpio1 17 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + data-gpios = <&gpio1 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH + &gpio1 13 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH + &gpio1 14 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + enable-gpio = <&gpio0 29 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt index d77d412cbc68..c50cf13c852e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt @@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ epson,rx8581 I2C-BUS INTERFACE REAL TIME CLOCK MODULE fsl,mag3110 MAG3110: Xtrinsic High Accuracy, 3D Magnetometer fsl,mc13892 MC13892: Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC) for i.MX35/51 fsl,mma8450 MMA8450Q: Xtrinsic Low-power, 3-axis Xtrinsic Accelerometer -fsl,mma8452 MMA8452Q: 3-axis 12-bit / 8-bit Digital Accelerometer fsl,mpr121 MPR121: Proximity Capacitive Touch Sensor Controller fsl,sgtl5000 SGTL5000: Ultra Low-Power Audio Codec gmt,g751 G751: Digital Temperature Sensor and Thermal Watchdog with Two-Wire Interface @@ -80,6 +79,7 @@ oki,ml86v7667 OKI ML86V7667 video decoder ovti,ov5642 OV5642: Color CMOS QSXGA (5-megapixel) Image Sensor with OmniBSI and Embedded TrueFocus pericom,pt7c4338 Real-time Clock Module plx,pex8648 48-Lane, 12-Port PCI Express Gen 2 (5.0 GT/s) Switch +pulsedlight,lidar-lite-v2 Pulsedlight LIDAR range-finding sensor ramtron,24c64 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) ricoh,r2025sd I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC ricoh,r2221tl I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC @@ -88,6 +88,7 @@ ricoh,rs5c372b I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC ricoh,rv5c386 I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC ricoh,rv5c387a I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC samsung,24ad0xd1 S524AD0XF1 (128K/256K-bit Serial EEPROM for Low Power) +sgx,vz89x SGX Sensortech VZ89X Sensors sii,s35390a 2-wire CMOS real-time clock skyworks,sky81452 Skyworks SKY81452: Six-Channel White LED Driver with Touch Panel Bias Supply st-micro,24c256 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/bma180.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/bma180.txt index c5933573e0f6..4a3679d54457 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/bma180.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/bma180.txt @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ -* Bosch BMA180 triaxial acceleration sensor +* Bosch BMA180 / BMA250 triaxial acceleration sensor http://omapworld.com/BMA180_111_1002839.pdf +http://ae-bst.resource.bosch.com/media/products/dokumente/bma250/bst-bma250-ds002-05.pdf Required properties: - - compatible : should be "bosch,bma180" + - compatible : should be "bosch,bma180" or "bosch,bma250" - reg : the I2C address of the sensor Optional properties: @@ -13,6 +14,9 @@ Optional properties: - interrupts : interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ, it should by configured with flags IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH | IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING + For the bma250 the first interrupt listed must be the one + connected to the INT1 pin, the second (optional) interrupt + listed must be the one connected to the INT2 pin. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/mma8452.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/mma8452.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e3c37467d7da --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/mma8452.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Freescale MMA8452Q, MMA8453Q, MMA8652FC or MMA8653FC triaxial accelerometer + +Required properties: + + - compatible: should contain one of + * "fsl,mma8452" + * "fsl,mma8453" + * "fsl,mma8652" + * "fsl,mma8653" + - reg: the I2C address of the chip + +Optional properties: + + - interrupt-parent: should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + - interrupts: interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ + +Example: + + mma8453fc@1d { + compatible = "fsl,mma8453"; + reg = <0x1d>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <5 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/hi8435.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/hi8435.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3b0348c5e516 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/hi8435.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Holt Integrated Circuits HI-8435 threshold detector bindings + +Required properties: + - compatible: should be "holt,hi8435" + - reg: spi chip select number for the device + +Recommended properties: + - spi-max-frequency: definition as per + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt + +Optional properties: + - gpios: GPIO used for controlling the reset pin + +Example: +sensor@0 { + compatible = "holt,hi8435"; + reg = <0>; + gpios = <&gpio6 1 0>; + + spi-max-frequency = <1000000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/apds9960.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/apds9960.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..174b709f16db --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/apds9960.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* Avago APDS9960 gesture/RGB/ALS/proximity sensor + +http://www.avagotech.com/docs/AV02-4191EN + +Required properties: + + - compatible: must be "avago,apds9960" + - reg: the I2c address of the sensor + - interrupt-parent: should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + - interrupts : the sole interrupt generated by the device + + Refer to interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for generic interrupt client + node bindings. + +Example: + +apds9960@39 { + compatible = "avago,apds9960"; + reg = <0x39>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <16 1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/us5182d.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/us5182d.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6f0a530144fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/us5182d.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +* UPISEMI us5182d I2C ALS and Proximity sensor + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "upisemi,usd5182" +- reg: the I2C address of the device + +Optional properties: +- upisemi,glass-coef: glass attenuation factor - compensation factor of + resolution 1000 for material transmittance. +- upisemi,dark-ths: array of 8 elements containing 16-bit thresholds (adc + counts) corresponding to every scale. +- upisemi,upper-dark-gain: 8-bit dark gain compensation factor(4 int and 4 + fractional bits - Q4.4) applied when light > threshold +- upisemi,lower-dark-gain: 8-bit dark gain compensation factor(4 int and 4 + fractional bits - Q4.4) applied when light < threshold + +If the optional properties are not specified these factors will default to the +values in the below example. +The glass-coef defaults to no compensation for the covering material. +The threshold array defaults to experimental values that work with US5182D +sensor on evaluation board - roughly between 12-32 lux. +There will be no dark-gain compensation by default when ALS > thresh +(0 * dark-gain), and a 1.35 compensation factor when ALS < thresh. + +Example: + + usd5182@39 { + compatible = "upisemi,usd5182"; + reg = <0x39>; + upisemi,glass-coef = < 1000 >; + upisemi,dark-ths = /bits/ 16 <170 200 512 512 800 2000 4000 8000>; + upisemi,upper-dark-gain = /bits/ 8 <0x00>; + upisemi,lower-dark-gain = /bits/ 8 <0x16>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cypress,cyapa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cypress,cyapa.txt index 635a3b036630..8d91ba9ff2fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cypress,cyapa.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cypress,cyapa.txt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Example: /* Cypress Gen3 touchpad */ touchpad@67 { compatible = "cypress,cyapa"; - reg = <0x24>; + reg = <0x67>; interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; interrupts = <2 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; /* GPIO 2 */ wakeup-source; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-misc-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-misc-intc.txt index 391717a68f3b..ec96b1f01478 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-misc-intc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qca,ath79-misc-intc.txt @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ The MISC interrupt controller is a secondary controller for lower priority interrupt. Required Properties: -- compatible: has to be "qca,<soctype>-cpu-intc", "qca,ar7100-misc-intc" - as fallback +- compatible: has to be "qca,<soctype>-cpu-intc", "qca,ar7100-misc-intc" or + "qca,<soctype>-cpu-intc", "qca,ar7240-misc-intc" - reg: Base address and size of the controllers memory area - interrupt-parent: phandle of the parent interrupt controller. - interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the controllers interrupt. @@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ Required Properties: - #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode interrupt source, should be 1 +Compatible fallback depends on the SoC. Use ar7100 for ar71xx and ar913x, +use ar7240 for all other SoCs. + Please refer to interrupts.txt in this directory for details of the common Interrupt Controllers bindings used by client devices. @@ -28,3 +31,16 @@ Example: interrupt-controller; #interrupt-cells = <1>; }; + +Another example: + + interrupt-controller@18060010 { + compatible = "qca,ar9331-misc-intc", qca,ar7240-misc-intc"; + reg = <0x18060010 0x4>; + + interrupt-parent = <&cpuintc>; + interrupts = <6>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt index 63633bdea7e4..ae5054c27c99 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,irqc-r8a7792" (R-Car V2H) - "renesas,irqc-r8a7793" (R-Car M2-N) - "renesas,irqc-r8a7794" (R-Car E2) + - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a7795" (R-Car H3) - #interrupt-cells: has to be <2>: an interrupt index and flags, as defined in interrupts.txt in this directory - clocks: Must contain a reference to the functional clock. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-aat1290.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-aat1290.txt index c05ed91a4e42..85c0c58617f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-aat1290.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-aat1290.txt @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ Required properties of the LED child node: - flash-max-microamp : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt Maximum flash LED supply current can be calculated using following formula: I = 1A * 162kohm / Rset. -- flash-timeout-us : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt - Maximum flash timeout can be calculated using following - formula: T = 8.82 * 10^9 * Ct. +- flash-max-timeout-us : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + Maximum flash timeout can be calculated using following + formula: T = 8.82 * 10^9 * Ct. Optional properties of the LED child node: - label : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ aat1290 { label = "aat1290-flash"; led-max-microamp = <520833>; flash-max-microamp = <1012500>; - flash-timeout-us = <1940000>; + flash-max-timeout-us = <1940000>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6328.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6328.txt index f9e36adc0ebf..3f48c1eaf085 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6328.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-bcm6328.txt @@ -29,6 +29,14 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - brcm,serial-leds : Boolean, enables Serial LEDs. Default : false + - brcm,serial-mux : Boolean, enables Serial LEDs multiplexing. + Default : false + - brcm,serial-clk-low : Boolean, makes clock signal active low. + Default : false + - brcm,serial-dat-low : Boolean, makes data signal active low. + Default : false + - brcm,serial-shift-inv : Boolean, inverts Serial LEDs shift direction. + Default : false Each LED is represented as a sub-node of the brcm,bcm6328-leds device. @@ -110,6 +118,8 @@ Scenario 2 : BCM63268 with Serial/GPHY0 LEDs #size-cells = <0>; reg = <0x10001900 0x24>; brcm,serial-leds; + brcm,serial-dat-low; + brcm,serial-shift-inv; gphy0_spd0@0 { reg = <0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-netxbig.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-netxbig.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5ef92a26d768 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-netxbig.txt @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +Binding for the CPLD LEDs (GPIO extension bus) found on some LaCie/Seagate +boards (Example: 2Big/5Big Network v2, 2Big NAS). + +Required properties: +- compatible: "lacie,netxbig-leds". +- gpio-ext: Phandle for the gpio-ext bus. + +Optional properties: +- timers: Timer array. Each timer entry is represented by three integers: + Mode (gpio-ext bus), delay_on and delay_off. + +Each LED is represented as a sub-node of the netxbig-leds device. + +Required sub-node properties: +- mode-addr: Mode register address on gpio-ext bus. +- mode-val: Mode to value mapping. Each entry is represented by two integers: + A mode and the corresponding value on the gpio-ext bus. +- bright-addr: Brightness register address on gpio-ext bus. +- max-brightness: Maximum brightness value. + +Optional sub-node properties: +- label: Name for this LED. If omitted, the label is taken from the node name. +- linux,default-trigger: Trigger assigned to the LED. + +Example: + +netxbig-leds { + compatible = "lacie,netxbig-leds"; + + gpio-ext = &gpio_ext; + + timers = <NETXBIG_LED_TIMER1 500 500 + NETXBIG_LED_TIMER2 500 1000>; + + blue-power { + label = "netxbig:blue:power"; + mode-addr = <0>; + mode-val = <NETXBIG_LED_OFF 0 + NETXBIG_LED_ON 1 + NETXBIG_LED_TIMER1 3 + NETXBIG_LED_TIMER2 7>; + bright-addr = <1>; + max-brightness = <7>; + }; + red-power { + label = "netxbig:red:power"; + mode-addr = <0>; + mode-val = <NETXBIG_LED_OFF 0 + NETXBIG_LED_ON 2 + NETXBIG_LED_TIMER1 4>; + bright-addr = <1>; + max-brightness = <7>; + }; + blue-sata0 { + label = "netxbig:blue:sata0"; + mode-addr = <3>; + mode-val = <NETXBIG_LED_OFF 0 + NETXBIG_LED_ON 7 + NETXBIG_LED_SATA 1 + NETXBIG_LED_TIMER1 3>; + bright-addr = <2>; + max-brightness = <7>; + }; + red-sata0 { + label = "netxbig:red:sata0"; + mode-addr = <3>; + mode-val = <NETXBIG_LED_OFF 0 + NETXBIG_LED_ON 2 + NETXBIG_LED_TIMER1 4>; + bright-addr = <2>; + max-brightness = <7>; + }; + blue-sata1 { + label = "netxbig:blue:sata1"; + mode-addr = <4>; + mode-val = <NETXBIG_LED_OFF 0 + NETXBIG_LED_ON 7 + NETXBIG_LED_SATA 1 + NETXBIG_LED_TIMER1 3>; + bright-addr = <2>; + max-brightness = <7>; + }; + red-sata1 { + label = "netxbig:red:sata1"; + mode-addr = <4>; + mode-val = <NETXBIG_LED_OFF 0 + NETXBIG_LED_ON 2 + NETXBIG_LED_TIMER1 4>; + bright-addr = <2>; + max-brightness = <7>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt index 4ef45636ebde..38941db23dd2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt @@ -4,7 +4,8 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be one of: "samsung,s5pv210-jpeg", "samsung,exynos4210-jpeg", - "samsung,exynos3250-jpeg", "samsung,exynos5420-jpeg"; + "samsung,exynos3250-jpeg", "samsung,exynos5420-jpeg", + "samsung,exynos5433-jpeg"; - reg : address and length of the JPEG codec IP register set; - interrupts : specifies the JPEG codec IP interrupt; - clock-names : should contain: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt index 41811223e5be..a474359dd206 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt @@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ DCDC2 : DC-DC buck : vin2-supply DCDC3 : DC-DC buck : vin3-supply DCDC4 : DC-DC buck : vin4-supply DCDC5 : DC-DC buck : vin5-supply -DC1SW : On/Off Switch : dcdc1-supply : DCDC1 secondary output -DC5LDO : LDO : dcdc5-supply : input from DCDC5 +DC1SW : On/Off Switch : : DCDC1 secondary output +DC5LDO : LDO : : input from DCDC5 ALDO1 : LDO : aldoin-supply : shared supply ALDO2 : LDO : aldoin-supply : shared supply ALDO3 : LDO : aldoin-supply : shared supply diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/sram.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/sram.txt index 36cbe5aea990..42ee9438b771 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/sram.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/sram.txt @@ -33,6 +33,12 @@ Optional properties in the area nodes: - compatible : standard definition, should contain a vendor specific string in the form <vendor>,[<device>-]<usage> +- pool : indicates that the particular reserved SRAM area is addressable + and in use by another device or devices +- export : indicates that the reserved SRAM area may be accessed outside + of the kernel, e.g. by bootloader or userspace +- label : the name for the reserved partition, if omitted, the label + is taken from the node name excluding the unit address. Example: @@ -48,4 +54,14 @@ sram: sram@5c000000 { compatible = "socvendor,smp-sram"; reg = <0x100 0x50>; }; + + device-sram@1000 { + reg = <0x1000 0x1000>; + pool; + }; + + exported@20000 { + reg = <0x20000 0x20000>; + export; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt index b7943f3f9995..dedfb02c744a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt @@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ Optional properties: - voltage-ranges : two cells are required, first cell specifies minimum slot voltage (mV), second cell specifies maximum slot voltage (mV). Several ranges could be specified. + - little-endian : If the host controller is little-endian mode, specify + this property. The default endian mode is big-endian. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt index 0384fc3f64e8..f693baf87264 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt @@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ Optional properties: - sd-uhs-sdr104: SD UHS SDR104 speed is supported - sd-uhs-ddr50: SD UHS DDR50 speed is supported - cap-power-off-card: powering off the card is safe +- cap-mmc-hw-reset: eMMC hardware reset is supported - cap-sdio-irq: enable SDIO IRQ signalling on this interface - full-pwr-cycle: full power cycle of the card is supported - mmc-ddr-1_8v: eMMC high-speed DDR mode(1.8V I/O) is supported diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt index a1adfa495ad3..0120c7f1109c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt @@ -17,6 +17,11 @@ Required properties: - vmmc-supply: power to the Core - vqmmc-supply: power to the IO +Optional properties: +- assigned-clocks: PLL of the source clock +- assigned-clock-parents: parent of source clock, used for HS400 mode to get 400Mhz source clock +- hs400-ds-delay: HS400 DS delay setting + Examples: mmc0: mmc@11230000 { compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-mmc", "mediatek,mt8135-mmc"; @@ -24,9 +29,13 @@ mmc0: mmc@11230000 { interrupts = <GIC_SPI 39 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; vmmc-supply = <&mt6397_vemc_3v3_reg>; vqmmc-supply = <&mt6397_vio18_reg>; - clocks = <&pericfg CLK_PERI_MSDC30_0>, <&topckgen CLK_TOP_MSDC50_0_H_SEL>; + clocks = <&pericfg CLK_PERI_MSDC30_0>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_MSDC50_0_H_SEL>; clock-names = "source", "hclk"; pinctrl-names = "default", "state_uhs"; pinctrl-0 = <&mmc0_pins_default>; pinctrl-1 = <&mmc0_pins_uhs>; + assigned-clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_MSDC50_0_SEL>; + assigned-clock-parents = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_MSDCPLL_D2>; + hs400-ds-delay = <0x14015>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt index d38942f6c5ae..cae29eb5733d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt @@ -6,11 +6,12 @@ and the properties used by the MMCIF device. Required properties: -- compatible: must contain one of the following +- compatible: should be "renesas,mmcif-<soctype>", "renesas,sh-mmcif" as a + fallback. Examples with <soctype> are: - "renesas,mmcif-r8a7740" for the MMCIF found in r8a7740 SoCs - "renesas,mmcif-r8a7790" for the MMCIF found in r8a7790 SoCs - "renesas,mmcif-r8a7791" for the MMCIF found in r8a7791 SoCs - - "renesas,sh-mmcif" for the generic MMCIF + - "renesas,mmcif-r8a7794" for the MMCIF found in r8a7794 SoCs - clocks: reference to the functional clock diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt index c327c2d6f23d..3dc13b68fc3f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt @@ -14,6 +14,19 @@ Required Properties: before RK3288 - "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK3288 +Optional Properties: +* clocks: from common clock binding: if ciu_drive and ciu_sample are + specified in clock-names, should contain handles to these clocks. + +* clock-names: Apart from the clock-names described in synopsys-dw-mshc.txt + two more clocks "ciu-drive" and "ciu-sample" are supported. They are used + to control the clock phases, "ciu-sample" is required for tuning high- + speed modes. + +* rockchip,default-sample-phase: The default phase to set ciu_sample at + probing, low speeds or in case where all phases work at tuning time. + If not specified 0 deg will be used. + Example: rkdwmmc0@12200000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.txt index 346c6095a615..8636f5ae97e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.txt @@ -75,6 +75,12 @@ Optional properties: * vmmc-supply: The phandle to the regulator to use for vmmc. If this is specified we'll defer probe until we can find this regulator. +* dmas: List of DMA specifiers with the controller specific format as described + in the generic DMA client binding. Refer to dma.txt for details. + +* dma-names: request names for generic DMA client binding. Must be "rx-tx". + Refer to dma.txt for details. + Aliases: - All the MSHC controller nodes should be represented in the aliases node using @@ -95,6 +101,23 @@ board specific portions as listed below. #size-cells = <0>; }; +[board specific internal DMA resources] + + dwmmc0@12200000 { + clock-frequency = <400000000>; + clock-freq-min-max = <400000 200000000>; + num-slots = <1>; + broken-cd; + fifo-depth = <0x80>; + card-detect-delay = <200>; + vmmc-supply = <&buck8>; + bus-width = <8>; + cap-mmc-highspeed; + cap-sd-highspeed; + }; + +[board specific generic DMA request binding] + dwmmc0@12200000 { clock-frequency = <400000000>; clock-freq-min-max = <400000 200000000>; @@ -106,4 +129,6 @@ board specific portions as listed below. bus-width = <8>; cap-mmc-highspeed; cap-sd-highspeed; + dmas = <&pdma 12>; + dma-names = "rx-tx"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt index f55aa280d34f..078060a97f95 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt @@ -37,6 +37,14 @@ Required properties for ethernet interfaces that have external PHY: Optional properties: - status: Should be "ok" or "disabled" for enabled/disabled. Default is "ok". +- tx-delay: Delay value for RGMII bridge TX clock. + Valid values are between 0 to 7, that maps to + 417, 717, 1020, 1321, 1611, 1913, 2215, 2514 ps + Default value is 4, which corresponds to 1611 ps +- rx-delay: Delay value for RGMII bridge RX clock. + Valid values are between 0 to 7, that maps to + 273, 589, 899, 1222, 1480, 1806, 2147, 2464 ps + Default value is 2, which corresponds to 899 ps Example: menetclk: menetclk { @@ -72,5 +80,7 @@ Example: /* Board-specific peripheral configurations */ &menet { + tx-delay = <4>; + rx-delay = <2>; status = "ok"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,iproc-mdio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,iproc-mdio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8ba9ed11d716 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,iproc-mdio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +* Broadcom iProc MDIO bus controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "brcm,iproc-mdio" +- reg: address and length of the register set for the MDIO interface +- #size-cells: must be 1 +- #address-cells: must be 0 + +Child nodes of this MDIO bus controller node are standard Ethernet PHY device +nodes as described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt + +Example: + +mdio@18002000 { + compatible = "brcm,iproc-mdio"; + reg = <0x18002000 0x8>; + #size-cells = <1>; + #address-cells = <0>; + + enet-gphy@0 { + reg = <0>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/sun4i_can.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/sun4i_can.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..84ed1909df76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/sun4i_can.txt @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +Allwinner A10/A20 CAN controller Device Tree Bindings +----------------------------------------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible: "allwinner,sun4i-a10-can" +- reg: physical base address and size of the Allwinner A10/A20 CAN register map. +- interrupts: interrupt specifier for the sole interrupt. +- clock: phandle and clock specifier. + +Example +------- + +SoC common .dtsi file: + + can0_pins_a: can0@0 { + allwinner,pins = "PH20","PH21"; + allwinner,function = "can"; + allwinner,drive = <0>; + allwinner,pull = <0>; + }; +... + can0: can@01c2bc00 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-can"; + reg = <0x01c2bc00 0x400>; + interrupts = <0 26 4>; + clocks = <&apb1_gates 4>; + status = "disabled"; + }; + +Board specific .dts file: + + can0: can@01c2bc00 { + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&can0_pins_a>; + status = "okay"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt index a9df21aaa154..4efca560adda 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt @@ -30,6 +30,13 @@ Optional properties: - dual_emac : Specifies Switch to act as Dual EMAC - syscon : Phandle to the system control device node, which is the control module device of the am33x +- mode-gpios : Should be added if one/multiple gpio lines are + required to be driven so that cpsw data lines + can be connected to the phy via selective mux. + For example in dra72x-evm, pcf gpio has to be + driven low so that cpsw slave 0 and phy data + lines are connected via mux. + Slave Properties: Required properties: @@ -39,6 +46,7 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - dual_emac_res_vlan : Specifies VID to be used to segregate the ports - mac-address : See ethernet.txt file in the same directory +- phy-handle : See ethernet.txt file in the same directory Note: "ti,hwmods" field is used to fetch the base address and irq resources from TI, omap hwmod data base during device registration. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt index 1e97532a0b79..db74f0dc290c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt @@ -57,6 +57,10 @@ Properties: "rgmii-id", as all other connection types are detected by hardware. - fsl,magic-packet : If present, indicates that the hardware supports waking up via magic packet. + - fsl,wake-on-filer : If present, indicates that the hardware supports + waking up by Filer General Purpose Interrupt (FGPI) asserted on the + Rx int line. This is an advanced power management capability allowing + certain packet types (user) defined by filer rules to wake up the system. - bd-stash : If present, indicates that the hardware supports stashing buffer descriptors in the L2. - rx-stash-len : Denotes the number of bytes of a received buffer to stash diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hip04-net.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hip04-net.txt index 988fc694b663..d1df8a00e1f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hip04-net.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hip04-net.txt @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ Required properties: Required properties: -- compatible: should be "hisilicon,hip04-mdio". +- compatible: should be "hisilicon,mdio". - Inherits from MDIO bus node binding [2] [2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt Example: mdio { - compatible = "hisilicon,hip04-mdio"; + compatible = "hisilicon,mdio"; reg = <0x28f1000 0x1000>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hns-dsaf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hns-dsaf.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..80411b2f0490 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hns-dsaf.txt @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +Hisilicon DSA Fabric device controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "hisilicon,hns-dsaf-v1" or "hisilicon,hns-dsaf-v2". + "hisilicon,hns-dsaf-v1" is for hip05. + "hisilicon,hns-dsaf-v2" is for Hi1610 and Hi1612. +- dsa-name: dsa fabric name who provide this interface. + should be "dsafX", X is the dsaf id. +- mode: dsa fabric mode string. only support one of dsaf modes like these: + "2port-64vf", + "6port-16rss", + "6port-16vf". +- interrupt-parent: the interrupt parent of this device. +- interrupts: should contain the DSA Fabric and rcb interrupt. +- reg: specifies base physical address(es) and size of the device registers. + The first region is external interface control register base and size. + The second region is SerDes base register and size. + The third region is the PPE register base and size. + The fourth region is dsa fabric base register and size. + The fifth region is cpld base register and size, it is not required if do not use cpld. +- phy-handle: phy handle of physicl port, 0 if not any phy device. see ethernet.txt [1]. +- buf-size: rx buffer size, should be 16-1024. +- desc-num: number of description in TX and RX queue, should be 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt + +Example: + +dsa: dsa@c7000000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hns-dsaf-v1"; + dsa_name = "dsaf0"; + mode = "6port-16rss"; + interrupt-parent = <&mbigen_dsa>; + reg = <0x0 0xC0000000 0x0 0x420000 + 0x0 0xC2000000 0x0 0x300000 + 0x0 0xc5000000 0x0 0x890000 + 0x0 0xc7000000 0x0 0x60000>; + phy-handle = <0 0 0 0 &soc0_phy4 &soc0_phy5 0 0>; + interrupts = <131 4>,<132 4>, <133 4>,<134 4>, + <135 4>,<136 4>, <137 4>,<138 4>, + <139 4>,<140 4>, <141 4>,<142 4>, + <143 4>,<144 4>, <145 4>,<146 4>, + <147 4>,<148 4>, <384 1>,<385 1>, + <386 1>,<387 1>, <388 1>,<389 1>, + <390 1>,<391 1>, + buf-size = <4096>; + desc-num = <1024>; + dma-coherent; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hns-mdio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hns-mdio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9c23fdf25018 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hns-mdio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Hisilicon MDIO bus controller + +Properties: +- compatible: "hisilicon,mdio","hisilicon,hns-mdio". +- reg: The base address of the MDIO bus controller register bank. +- #address-cells: Must be <1>. +- #size-cells: Must be <0>. MDIO addresses have no size component. + +Typically an MDIO bus might have several children. + +Example: + mdio@803c0000 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + compatible = "hisilicon,hns-mdio","hisilicon,mdio"; + reg = <0x0 0x803c0000 0x0 0x10000>; + + ethernet-phy@0 { + ... + reg = <0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hns-nic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hns-nic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..41d19be7011e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hns-nic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Hisilicon Network Subsystem NIC controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: "hisilicon,hns-nic-v1" or "hisilicon,hns-nic-v2". + "hisilicon,hns-nic-v1" is for hip05. + "hisilicon,hns-nic-v2" is for Hi1610 and Hi1612. +- ae-name: accelerator name who provides this interface, + is simply a name referring to the name of name in the accelerator node. +- port-id: is the index of port provided by DSAF (the accelerator). DSAF can + connect to 8 PHYs. Port 0 to 1 are both used for adminstration purpose. They + are called debug ports. + + The remaining 6 PHYs are taken according to the mode of DSAF. + + In NIC mode of DSAF, all 6 PHYs are taken as ethernet ports to the CPU. The + port-id can be 2 to 7. Here is the diagram: + +-----+---------------+ + | CPU | + +-+-+-+---+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | | | | | | | | + debug service + port port + (0,1) (2-7) + + In Switch mode of DSAF, all 6 PHYs are taken as physical ports connect to a + LAN Switch while the CPU side assume itself have one single NIC connect to + this switch. In this case, the port-id will be 2 only. + +-----+---------------+ + | CPU | + +-+-+-+---+-+-+-+-+-+-+ + | | service| port(2) + debug +------------+ + port | switch | + (0,1) +-+-+-+-+-+-++ + | | | | | | + external port + +- local-mac-address: mac addr of the ethernet interface + +Example: + + ethernet@0{ + compatible = "hisilicon,hns-nic-v1"; + ae-name = "dsaf0"; + port-id = <0>; + local-mac-address = [a2 14 e4 4b 56 76]; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/mrf24j40.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/mrf24j40.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a4ed2efb5b73 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/mrf24j40.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +* MRF24J40 IEEE 802.15.4 * + +Required properties: + - compatible: should be "microchip,mrf24j40", "microchip,mrf24j40ma", + or "microchip,mrf24j40mc" depends on your transceiver + board + - spi-max-frequency: maximal bus speed, should be set something under or equal + 10000000 + - reg: the chipselect index + - interrupts: the interrupt generated by the device. + +Example: + + mrf24j40ma@0 { + compatible = "microchip,mrf24j40ma"; + spi-max-frequency = <8500000>; + reg = <0>; + interrupts = <19 8>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/nfcmrvl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/nfcmrvl.txt index 7c4a0cc370cf..76df9173825a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/nfcmrvl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/nfcmrvl.txt @@ -1,7 +1,10 @@ * Marvell International Ltd. NCI NFC Controller Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "mrvl,nfc-uart". +- compatible: Should be: + - "marvell,nfc-uart" or "mrvl,nfc-uart" for UART devices + - "marvell,nfc-i2c" for I2C devices + - "marvell,nfc-spi" for SPI devices Optional SoC specific properties: - pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default". @@ -13,13 +16,19 @@ Optional UART-based chip specific properties: - flow-control: Specifies that the chip is using RTS/CTS. - break-control: Specifies that the chip needs specific break management. +Optional I2C-based chip specific properties: +- i2c-int-falling: Specifies that the chip read event shall be trigged on + falling edge. +- i2c-int-rising: Specifies that the chip read event shall be trigged on + rising edge. + Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard Black with 88W8887 on UART5): &uart5 { status = "okay"; nfcmrvluart: nfcmrvluart@5 { - compatible = "mrvl,nfc-uart"; + compatible = "marvell,nfc-uart"; reset-n-io = <&gpio3 16 0>; @@ -27,3 +36,51 @@ Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard Black with 88W8887 on UART5): flow-control; } }; + + +Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard Black with 88W8887 on I2C1): + +&i2c1 { + status = "okay"; + clock-frequency = <400000>; + + nfcmrvli2c0: i2c@1 { + compatible = "marvell,nfc-i2c"; + + reg = <0x8>; + + /* I2C INT configuration */ + interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>; + interrupts = <21 0>; + + /* I2C INT trigger configuration */ + i2c-int-rising; + + /* Reset IO */ + reset-n-io = <&gpio3 19 0>; + }; +}; + + +Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard Black on SPI0): + +&spi0 { + + mrvlnfcspi0: spi@0 { + compatible = "marvell,nfc-spi"; + + reg = <0>; + + /* SPI Bus configuration */ + spi-max-frequency = <3000000>; + spi-cpha; + spi-cpol; + + /* SPI INT configuration */ + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <17 0>; + + /* Reset IO */ + reset-n-io = <&gpio3 19 0>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st-nci-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st-nci-i2c.txt index d707588ed734..263732e8879f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st-nci-i2c.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st-nci-i2c.txt @@ -11,6 +11,10 @@ Required properties: Optional SoC Specific Properties: - pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default". - pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller. +- ese-present: Specifies that an ese is physically connected to the nfc +controller. +- uicc-present: Specifies that the uicc swp signal can be physically +connected to the nfc controller. Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard xM with ST21NFCB on I2C2): @@ -29,5 +33,8 @@ Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard xM with ST21NFCB on I2C2): interrupts = <2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; reset-gpios = <&gpio5 29 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + + ese-present; + uicc-present; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st-nci-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st-nci-spi.txt index 525681b6dc39..711ca85a363d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st-nci-spi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st-nci-spi.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be "st,st21nfcb-spi" -- spi-max-frequency: Maximum SPI frequency (<= 10000000). +- spi-max-frequency: Maximum SPI frequency (<= 4000000). - interrupt-parent: phandle for the interrupt gpio controller - interrupts: GPIO interrupt to which the chip is connected - reset-gpios: Output GPIO pin used to reset the ST21NFCB @@ -10,6 +10,10 @@ Required properties: Optional SoC Specific Properties: - pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default". - pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller. +- ese-present: Specifies that an ese is physically connected to the nfc +controller. +- uicc-present: Specifies that the uicc swp signal can be physically +connected to the nfc controller. Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard xM with ST21NFCB on SPI4): @@ -27,5 +31,8 @@ Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard xM with ST21NFCB on SPI4): interrupts = <2 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; reset-gpios = <&gpio5 29 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + + ese-present; + uicc-present; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt index 1fd8831437bf..b486f3f5f6a3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt @@ -6,8 +6,12 @@ interface contains. Required properties: - compatible: "renesas,etheravb-r8a7790" if the device is a part of R8A7790 SoC. "renesas,etheravb-r8a7794" if the device is a part of R8A7794 SoC. + "renesas,etheravb-r8a7795" if the device is a part of R8A7795 SoC. - reg: offset and length of (1) the register block and (2) the stream buffer. -- interrupts: interrupt specifier for the sole interrupt. +- interrupts: A list of interrupt-specifiers, one for each entry in + interrupt-names. + If interrupt-names is not present, an interrupt specifier + for a single muxed interrupt. - phy-mode: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory. - phy-handle: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory. - #address-cells: number of address cells for the MDIO bus, must be equal to 1. @@ -18,6 +22,12 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller that services interrupts for this device. +- interrupt-names: A list of interrupt names. + For the R8A7795 SoC this property is mandatory; + it should include one entry per channel, named "ch%u", + where %u is the channel number ranging from 0 to 24. + For other SoCs this property is optional; if present + it should contain "mux" for a single muxed interrupt. - pinctrl-names: pin configuration state name ("default"). - renesas,no-ether-link: boolean, specify when a board does not provide a proper AVB_LINK signal. @@ -27,13 +37,46 @@ Optional properties: Example: ethernet@e6800000 { - compatible = "renesas,etheravb-r8a7790"; - reg = <0 0xe6800000 0 0x800>, <0 0xee0e8000 0 0x4000>; + compatible = "renesas,etheravb-r8a7795"; + reg = <0 0xe6800000 0 0x800>, <0 0xe6a00000 0 0x10000>; interrupt-parent = <&gic>; - interrupts = <0 163 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - clocks = <&mstp8_clks R8A7790_CLK_ETHERAVB>; - phy-mode = "rmii"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 39 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 40 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 41 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 42 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 43 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 44 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 45 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 46 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 47 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 48 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 49 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 50 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 51 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 52 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 53 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 54 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 55 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 56 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 57 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 58 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 59 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 60 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 61 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 62 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 63 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "ch0", "ch1", "ch2", "ch3", + "ch4", "ch5", "ch6", "ch7", + "ch8", "ch9", "ch10", "ch11", + "ch12", "ch13", "ch14", "ch15", + "ch16", "ch17", "ch18", "ch19", + "ch20", "ch21", "ch22", "ch23", + "ch24"; + clocks = <&mstp8_clks R8A7795_CLK_ETHERAVB>; + power-domains = <&cpg_clocks>; + phy-mode = "rgmii-id"; phy-handle = <&phy0>; + pinctrl-0 = <ðer_pins>; pinctrl-names = "default"; renesas,no-ether-link; @@ -41,8 +84,20 @@ Example: #size-cells = <0>; phy0: ethernet-phy@0 { + rxc-skew-ps = <900>; + rxdv-skew-ps = <0>; + rxd0-skew-ps = <0>; + rxd1-skew-ps = <0>; + rxd2-skew-ps = <0>; + rxd3-skew-ps = <0>; + txc-skew-ps = <900>; + txen-skew-ps = <0>; + txd0-skew-ps = <0>; + txd1-skew-ps = <0>; + txd2-skew-ps = <0>; + txd3-skew-ps = <0>; reg = <0>; interrupt-parent = <&gpio2>; - interrupts = <15 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + interrupts = <11 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/smsc-lan87xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/smsc-lan87xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..974edd5c85cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/smsc-lan87xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +SMSC LAN87xx Ethernet PHY + +Some boards require special tuning values. Configure them +through an Ethernet OF device node. + +Optional properties: + +- smsc,disable-energy-detect: + If set, do not enable energy detect mode for the SMSC phy. + default: enable energy detect mode + +Examples: +smsc phy with disabled energy detect mode on an am335x based board. +&davinci_mdio { + pinctrl-names = "default", "sleep"; + pinctrl-0 = <&davinci_mdio_default>; + pinctrl-1 = <&davinci_mdio_sleep>; + status = "okay"; + + ethernetphy0: ethernet-phy@0 { + reg = <0>; + smsc,disable-energy-detect; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..383d5889e95a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Freescale i.MX6 On-Chip OTP Controller (OCOTP) device tree bindings + +This binding represents the on-chip eFuse OTP controller found on +i.MX6Q/D, i.MX6DL/S, i.MX6SL, and i.MX6SX SoCs. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be one of + "fsl,imx6q-ocotp" (i.MX6Q/D/DL/S), + "fsl,imx6sl-ocotp" (i.MX6SL), or + "fsl,imx6sx-ocotp" (i.MX6SX), followed by "syscon". +- reg: Should contain the register base and length. +- clocks: Should contain a phandle pointing to the gated peripheral clock. + +Example: + + ocotp: ocotp@021bc000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx6q-ocotp", "syscon"; + reg = <0x021bc000 0x4000>; + clocks = <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_IIM>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/mxs-ocotp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/mxs-ocotp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..daebce9e6b07 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/mxs-ocotp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +On-Chip OTP Memory for Freescale i.MX23/i.MX28 + +Required properties : +- compatible : + - "fsl,imx23-ocotp" for i.MX23 + - "fsl,imx28-ocotp" for i.MX28 +- #address-cells : Should be 1 +- #size-cells : Should be 1 +- reg : Address and length of OTP controller registers +- clocks : Should contain a reference to the hbus clock + += Data cells = +Are child nodes of mxs-ocotp, bindings of which as described in +bindings/nvmem/nvmem.txt + +Example for i.MX28: + + ocotp: ocotp@8002c000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx28-ocotp", "fsl,ocotp"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x8002c000 0x2000>; + clocks = <&clks 25>; + status = "okay"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/rockchip-efuse.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/rockchip-efuse.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8f86ab3b1046 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/rockchip-efuse.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ += Rockchip eFuse device tree bindings = + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "rockchip,rockchip-efuse" +- reg: Should contain the registers location and exact eFuse size +- clocks: Should be the clock id of eFuse +- clock-names: Should be "pclk_efuse" + += Data cells = +Are child nodes of eFuse, bindings of which as described in +bindings/nvmem/nvmem.txt + +Example: + + efuse: efuse@ffb40000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rockchip-efuse"; + reg = <0xffb40000 0x20>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&cru PCLK_EFUSE256>; + clock-names = "pclk_efuse"; + + /* Data cells */ + cpu_leakage: cpu_leakage { + reg = <0x17 0x1>; + }; + }; + += Data consumers = +Are device nodes which consume nvmem data cells. + +Example: + + cpu_leakage { + ... + nvmem-cells = <&cpu_leakage>; + nvmem-cell-names = "cpu_leakage"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/vf610-ocotp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/vf610-ocotp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..56ed481c3e26 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/vf610-ocotp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +On-Chip OTP Memory for Freescale Vybrid + +Required Properties: + compatible: + - "fsl,vf610-ocotp" for VF5xx/VF6xx + #address-cells : Should be 1 + #size-cells : Should be 1 + reg : Address and length of OTP controller and fuse map registers + clocks : ipg clock we associate with the OCOTP peripheral + +Example for Vybrid VF5xx/VF6xx: + + ocotp: ocotp@400a5000 { + compatible = "fsl,vf610-ocotp"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x400a5000 0xCF0>; + clocks = <&clks VF610_CLK_OCOTP>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-msi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-msi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9b3cc817d181 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-msi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +This document describes the generic device tree binding for describing the +relationship between PCI devices and MSI controllers. + +Each PCI device under a root complex is uniquely identified by its Requester ID +(AKA RID). A Requester ID is a triplet of a Bus number, Device number, and +Function number. + +For the purpose of this document, when treated as a numeric value, a RID is +formatted such that: + +* Bits [15:8] are the Bus number. +* Bits [7:3] are the Device number. +* Bits [2:0] are the Function number. +* Any other bits required for padding must be zero. + +MSIs may be distinguished in part through the use of sideband data accompanying +writes. In the case of PCI devices, this sideband data may be derived from the +Requester ID. A mechanism is required to associate a device with both the MSI +controllers it can address, and the sideband data that will be associated with +its writes to those controllers. + +For generic MSI bindings, see +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/msi.txt. + + +PCI root complex +================ + +Optional properties +------------------- + +- msi-map: Maps a Requester ID to an MSI controller and associated + msi-specifier data. The property is an arbitrary number of tuples of + (rid-base,msi-controller,msi-base,length), where: + + * rid-base is a single cell describing the first RID matched by the entry. + + * msi-controller is a single phandle to an MSI controller + + * msi-base is an msi-specifier describing the msi-specifier produced for the + first RID matched by the entry. + + * length is a single cell describing how many consecutive RIDs are matched + following the rid-base. + + Any RID r in the interval [rid-base, rid-base + length) is associated with + the listed msi-controller, with the msi-specifier (r - rid-base + msi-base). + +- msi-map-mask: A mask to be applied to each Requester ID prior to being mapped + to an msi-specifier per the msi-map property. + +- msi-parent: Describes the MSI parent of the root complex itself. Where + the root complex and MSI controller do not pass sideband data with MSI + writes, this property may be used to describe the MSI controller(s) + used by PCI devices under the root complex, if defined as such in the + binding for the root complex. + + +Example (1) +=========== + +/ { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + msi: msi-controller@a { + reg = <0xa 0x1>; + compatible = "vendor,some-controller"; + msi-controller; + #msi-cells = <1>; + }; + + pci: pci@f { + reg = <0xf 0x1>; + compatible = "vendor,pcie-root-complex"; + device_type = "pci"; + + /* + * The sideband data provided to the MSI controller is + * the RID, identity-mapped. + */ + msi-map = <0x0 &msi_a 0x0 0x10000>, + }; +}; + + +Example (2) +=========== + +/ { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + msi: msi-controller@a { + reg = <0xa 0x1>; + compatible = "vendor,some-controller"; + msi-controller; + #msi-cells = <1>; + }; + + pci: pci@f { + reg = <0xf 0x1>; + compatible = "vendor,pcie-root-complex"; + device_type = "pci"; + + /* + * The sideband data provided to the MSI controller is + * the RID, masked to only the device and function bits. + */ + msi-map = <0x0 &msi_a 0x0 0x100>, + msi-map-mask = <0xff> + }; +}; + + +Example (3) +=========== + +/ { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + msi: msi-controller@a { + reg = <0xa 0x1>; + compatible = "vendor,some-controller"; + msi-controller; + #msi-cells = <1>; + }; + + pci: pci@f { + reg = <0xf 0x1>; + compatible = "vendor,pcie-root-complex"; + device_type = "pci"; + + /* + * The sideband data provided to the MSI controller is + * the RID, but the high bit of the bus number is + * ignored. + */ + msi-map = <0x0000 &msi 0x0000 0x8000>, + <0x8000 &msi 0x0000 0x8000>; + }; +}; + + +Example (4) +=========== + +/ { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + msi: msi-controller@a { + reg = <0xa 0x1>; + compatible = "vendor,some-controller"; + msi-controller; + #msi-cells = <1>; + }; + + pci: pci@f { + reg = <0xf 0x1>; + compatible = "vendor,pcie-root-complex"; + device_type = "pci"; + + /* + * The sideband data provided to the MSI controller is + * the RID, but the high bit of the bus number is + * negated. + */ + msi-map = <0x0000 &msi 0x8000 0x8000>, + <0x8000 &msi 0x0000 0x8000>; + }; +}; + + +Example (5) +=========== + +/ { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + msi_a: msi-controller@a { + reg = <0xa 0x1>; + compatible = "vendor,some-controller"; + msi-controller; + #msi-cells = <1>; + }; + + msi_b: msi-controller@b { + reg = <0xb 0x1>; + compatible = "vendor,some-controller"; + msi-controller; + #msi-cells = <1>; + }; + + msi_c: msi-controller@c { + reg = <0xc 0x1>; + compatible = "vendor,some-controller"; + msi-controller; + #msi-cells = <1>; + }; + + pci: pci@c { + reg = <0xf 0x1>; + compatible = "vendor,pcie-root-complex"; + device_type = "pci"; + + /* + * The sideband data provided to MSI controller a is the + * RID, but the high bit of the bus number is negated. + * The sideband data provided to MSI controller b is the + * RID, identity-mapped. + * MSI controller c is not addressable. + */ + msi-map = <0x0000 &msi_a 0x8000 0x08000>, + <0x8000 &msi_a 0x0000 0x08000>, + <0x0000 &msi_b 0x0000 0x10000>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-rcar-gen2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-rcar-gen2.txt index d8ef5bf50f11..7fab84b33531 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-rcar-gen2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-rcar-gen2.txt @@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ OHCI and EHCI controllers. Required properties: - compatible: "renesas,pci-r8a7790" for the R8A7790 SoC; - "renesas,pci-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 SoC. + "renesas,pci-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 SoC; + "renesas,pci-r8a7794" for the R8A7794 SoC. - reg: A list of physical regions to access the device: the first is the operational registers for the OHCI/EHCI controllers and the second is for the bridge configuration and control registers. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,cygnus-pcie-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,cygnus-pcie-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..761c4bc24a9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,cygnus-pcie-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Broadcom Cygnus PCIe PHY + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "brcm,cygnus-pcie-phy" +- reg: base address and length of the PCIe PHY block +- #address-cells: must be 1 +- #size-cells: must be 0 + +Each PCIe PHY should be represented by a child node + +Required properties For the child node: +- reg: the PHY ID +0 - PCIe RC 0 +1 - PCIe RC 1 +- #phy-cells: must be 0 + +Example: + pcie_phy: phy@0301d0a0 { + compatible = "brcm,cygnus-pcie-phy"; + reg = <0x0301d0a0 0x14>; + + pcie0_phy: phy@0 { + reg = <0>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; + + pcie1_phy: phy@1 { + reg = <1>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; + }; + + /* users of the PCIe phy */ + + pcie0: pcie@18012000 { + ... + ... + phys = <&pcie0_phy>; + phy-names = "pcie-phy"; + }; + + pcie1: pcie@18013000 { + ... + ... + phys = <pcie1_phy>; + phy-names = "pcie-phy"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mt65xx-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mt65xx-usb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..00100cf3e037 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mt65xx-usb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +mt65xx USB3.0 PHY binding +-------------------------- + +This binding describes a usb3.0 phy for mt65xx platforms of Medaitek SoC. + +Required properties (controller (parent) node): + - compatible : should be "mediatek,mt8173-u3phy" + - reg : offset and length of register for phy, exclude port's + register. + - clocks : a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each + entry in clock-names + - clock-names : must contain + "u3phya_ref": for reference clock of usb3.0 analog phy. + +Required nodes : a sub-node is required for each port the controller + provides. Address range information including the usual + 'reg' property is used inside these nodes to describe + the controller's topology. + +Required properties (port (child) node): +- reg : address and length of the register set for the port. +- #phy-cells : should be 1 (See second example) + cell after port phandle is phy type from: + - PHY_TYPE_USB2 + - PHY_TYPE_USB3 + +Example: + +u3phy: usb-phy@11290000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-u3phy"; + reg = <0 0x11290000 0 0x800>; + clocks = <&apmixedsys CLK_APMIXED_REF2USB_TX>; + clock-names = "u3phya_ref"; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + ranges; + status = "okay"; + + phy_port0: port@11290800 { + reg = <0 0x11290800 0 0x800>; + #phy-cells = <1>; + status = "okay"; + }; + + phy_port1: port@11291000 { + reg = <0 0x11291000 0 0x800>; + #phy-cells = <1>; + status = "okay"; + }; +}; + +Specifying phy control of devices +--------------------------------- + +Device nodes should specify the configuration required in their "phys" +property, containing a phandle to the phy port node and a device type; +phy-names for each port are optional. + +Example: + +#include <dt-bindings/phy/phy.h> + +usb30: usb@11270000 { + ... + phys = <&phy_port0 PHY_TYPE_USB3>; + phy-names = "usb3-0"; + ... +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt index 60c6f2a633e0..0289d3b07853 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt @@ -44,6 +44,9 @@ Required properties: - the "ref" clock is used to get the rate of the clock provided to the PHY module +Optional properties: +- vbus-supply: power-supply phandle for vbus power source + The first phandle argument in the PHY specifier identifies the PHY, its meaning is compatible dependent. For the currently supported SoCs (Exynos 4210 and Exynos 4212) it is as follows: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt index 3c821cda1ad0..b321b26780dc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun8i-a23-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun8i-a23-r-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun8i-a33-pinctrl" + "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-pinctrl" - reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for the pin controller. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pio4-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pio4-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..61ac75706cc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pio4-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +* Atmel PIO4 Controller + +The Atmel PIO4 controller is used to select the function of a pin and to +configure it. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "atmel,sama5d2-pinctrl". +- reg: base address and length of the PIO controller. +- interrupts: interrupt outputs from the controller, one for each bank. +- interrupt-controller: mark the device node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells: should be two. +- gpio-controller: mark the device node as a gpio controller. +- #gpio-cells: should be two. + +Please refer to ../gpio/gpio.txt and ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for +a general description of GPIO and interrupt bindings. + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the +common pinctrl bindings used by client devices. + +Subnode format +Each node (or subnode) will list the pins it needs and how to configured these +pins. + + node { + pinmux = <PIN_NUMBER_PINMUX>; + GENERIC_PINCONFIG; + }; + +Required properties: +- pinmux: integer array. Each integer represents a pin number plus mux and +ioset settings. Use the macros from boot/dts/<soc>-pinfunc.h file to get the +right representation of the pin. + +Optional properties: +- GENERIC_PINCONFIG: generic pinconfig options to use, bias-disable, +bias-pull-down, bias-pull-up, drive-open-drain, input-schmitt-enable, +input-debounce, output-low, output-high. + +Example: + +#include <sama5d2-pinfunc.h> + +... +{ + pioA: pinctrl@fc038000 { + compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-pinctrl"; + reg = <0xfc038000 0x600>; + interrupts = <18 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>, + <68 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>, + <69 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>, + <70 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + clocks = <&pioA_clk>; + + pinctrl_i2c0_default: i2c0_default { + pinmux = <PIN_PD21__TWD0>, + <PIN_PD22__TWCK0>; + bias-disable; + }; + + pinctrl_led_gpio_default: led_gpio_default { + pinmux = <PIN_PB0>, + <PIN_PB5>; + bias-pull-up; + }; + + pinctrl_sdmmc1_default: sdmmc1_default { + cmd_data { + pinmux = <PIN_PA28__SDMMC1_CMD>, + <PIN_PA18__SDMMC1_DAT0>, + <PIN_PA19__SDMMC1_DAT1>, + <PIN_PA20__SDMMC1_DAT2>, + <PIN_PA21__SDMMC1_DAT3>; + bias-pull-up; + }; + + ck_cd { + pinmux = <PIN_PA22__SDMMC1_CK>, + <PIN_PA30__SDMMC1_CD>; + bias-disable; + }; + }; + ... + }; +}; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/berlin,pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/berlin,pinctrl.txt index a8bb5e26019c..f8fa28ce163e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/berlin,pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/berlin,pinctrl.txt @@ -20,7 +20,10 @@ Required properties: "marvell,berlin2cd-soc-pinctrl", "marvell,berlin2cd-system-pinctrl", "marvell,berlin2q-soc-pinctrl", - "marvell,berlin2q-system-pinctrl" + "marvell,berlin2q-system-pinctrl", + "marvell,berlin4ct-avio-pinctrl", + "marvell,berlin4ct-soc-pinctrl", + "marvell,berlin4ct-system-pinctrl" Required subnode-properties: - groups: a list of strings describing the group names. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,cygnus-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,cygnus-gpio.txt index 6540ca56be5e..16589fb6f420 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,cygnus-gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,cygnus-gpio.txt @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ Broadcom Cygnus GPIO/PINCONF Controller Required properties: - compatible: - Must be "brcm,cygnus-ccm-gpio", "brcm,cygnus-asiu-gpio", or - "brcm,cygnus-crmu-gpio" + Must be "brcm,cygnus-ccm-gpio", "brcm,cygnus-asiu-gpio", + "brcm,cygnus-crmu-gpio" or "brcm,iproc-gpio" - reg: Define the base and range of the I/O address space that contains the Cygnus @@ -26,9 +26,13 @@ Optional properties: - interrupt-controller: Specifies that the node is an interrupt controller -- pinmux: - Specifies the phandle to the IOMUX device, where pins can be individually -muxed to GPIO +- gpio-ranges: + Specifies the mapping between gpio controller and pin-controllers pins. + This requires 4 fields in cells defined as - + 1. Phandle of pin-controller. + 2. GPIO base pin offset. + 3 Pin-control base pin offset. + 4. number of gpio pins which are linearly mapped from pin base. Supported generic PINCONF properties in child nodes: @@ -78,6 +82,8 @@ Example: gpio-controller; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 174 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; interrupt-controller; + gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl 0 42 1>, + <&pinctrl 1 44 3>; }; /* diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt index 8bbf25d58656..457b2c68d47b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt @@ -1,16 +1,42 @@ * Freescale i.MX7 Dual IOMUX Controller +iMX7D supports two iomuxc controllers, fsl,imx7d-iomuxc controller is similar +as previous iMX SoC generation and fsl,imx7d-iomuxc-lpsr which provides low +power state retention capabilities on gpios that are part of iomuxc-lpsr +(GPIO1_IO7..GPIO1_IO0). While iomuxc-lpsr provides its own set of registers for +mux and pad control settings, it shares the input select register from main +iomuxc controller for daisy chain settings, the fsl,input-sel property extends +fsl,imx-pinctrl driver to support iomuxc-lpsr controller. + +iomuxc_lpsr: iomuxc-lpsr@302c0000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx7d-iomuxc-lpsr"; + reg = <0x302c0000 0x10000>; + fsl,input-sel = <&iomuxc>; +}; + +iomuxc: iomuxc@30330000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx7d-iomuxc"; + reg = <0x30330000 0x10000>; +}; + +Pheriparials using pads from iomuxc-lpsr support low state retention power +state, under LPSR mode GPIO's state of pads are retain. + Please refer to fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding part and usage. Required properties: -- compatible: "fsl,imx7d-iomuxc" +- compatible: "fsl,imx7d-iomuxc" for main IOMUXC controller, or + "fsl,imx7d-iomuxc-lpsr" for Low Power State Retention IOMUXC controller. - fsl,pins: each entry consists of 6 integers and represents the mux and config setting for one pin. The first 5 integers <mux_reg conf_reg input_reg mux_val input_val> are specified using a PIN_FUNC_ID macro, which can be found in imx7d-pinfunc.h under device tree source folder. The last integer CONFIG is the pad setting value like pull-up on this pin. Please refer to i.MX7 Dual Reference Manual for detailed CONFIG settings. +- fsl,input-sel: required property for iomuxc-lpsr controller, this property is + a phandle for main iomuxc controller which shares the input select register for + daisy chain settings. CONFIG bits definition: PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_DOWN (0 << 5) @@ -25,3 +51,38 @@ PAD_CTL_DSE_X1 (0 << 0) PAD_CTL_DSE_X2 (1 << 0) PAD_CTL_DSE_X3 (2 << 0) PAD_CTL_DSE_X4 (3 << 0) + +Examples: +While iomuxc-lpsr is intended to be used by dedicated peripherals to take +advantages of LPSR power mode, is also possible that an IP to use pads from +any of the iomux controllers. For example the I2C1 IP can use SCL pad from +iomuxc-lpsr controller and SDA pad from iomuxc controller as: + +i2c1: i2c@30a20000 { + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_i2c1_1 &pinctrl_i2c1_2>; + status = "okay"; +}; + +iomuxc-lpsr@302c0000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx7d-iomuxc-lpsr"; + reg = <0x302c0000 0x10000>; + fsl,input-sel = <&iomuxc>; + + pinctrl_i2c1_1: i2c1grp-1 { + fsl,pins = < + MX7D_PAD_GPIO1_IO04__I2C1_SCL 0x4000007f + >; + }; +}; + +iomuxc@30330000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx7d-iomuxc"; + reg = <0x30330000 0x10000>; + + pinctrl_i2c1_2: i2c1grp-2 { + fsl,pins = < + MX7D_PAD_I2C1_SDA__I2C1_SDA 0x4000007f + >; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt index 9496934528bd..ffadb7a371f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,pfc-r8a7791": for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7793": for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7794": for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) compatible pin-controller. + - "renesas,pfc-r8a7795": for R8A7795 (R-Car H3) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-sh73a0": for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) compatible pin-controller. - reg: Base address and length of each memory resource used by the pin diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq24257.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq24257.txt index 5c9d3940d07c..d693702c9c1e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq24257.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq24257.txt @@ -1,21 +1,64 @@ -Binding for TI bq24257 Li-Ion Charger +Binding for TI bq24250/bq24251/bq24257 Li-Ion Charger Required properties: - compatible: Should contain one of the following: + * "ti,bq24250" + * "ti,bq24251" * "ti,bq24257" -- reg: integer, i2c address of the device. +- reg: integer, i2c address of the device. +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller. Use in + conjunction with "interrupts". +- interrupts: Interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ (configure for both edges). Use in + conjunction with "interrupt-parent". - ti,battery-regulation-voltage: integer, maximum charging voltage in uV. -- ti,charge-current: integer, maximum charging current in uA. -- ti,termination-current: integer, charge will be terminated when current in - constant-voltage phase drops below this value (in uA). +- ti,charge-current: integer, maximum charging current in uA. +- ti,termination-current: integer, charge will be terminated when current in + constant-voltage phase drops below this value (in uA). + +Optional properties: +- pg-gpios: GPIO used for connecting the bq2425x device PG (Power Good) pin. + This pin is not available on all devices however it should be used if + possible as this is the recommended way to obtain the charger's input PG + state. If this pin is not specified a software-based approach for PG + detection is used. +- ti,current-limit: The maximum current to be drawn from the charger's input + (in uA). If this property is not specified, the input limit current is + set automatically using USB D+/D- signal based charger type detection. + If the hardware does not support the D+/D- based detection, a default + of 500,000 is used (=500mA) instead. +- ti,ovp-voltage: Configures the over voltage protection voltage (in uV). If + not specified a default of 6,5000,000 (=6.5V) is used. +- ti,in-dpm-voltage: Configures the threshold input voltage for the dynamic + power path management (in uV). If not specified a default of 4,360,000 + (=4.36V) is used. Example: bq24257 { compatible = "ti,bq24257"; reg = <0x6a>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <16 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>; + + pg-gpios = <&gpio1 28 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; ti,battery-regulation-voltage = <4200000>; ti,charge-current = <1000000>; ti,termination-current = <50000>; }; + +Example: + +bq24250 { + compatible = "ti,bq24250"; + reg = <0x6a>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <16 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>; + + ti,battery-regulation-voltage = <4200000>; + ti,charge-current = <500000>; + ti,termination-current = <50000>; + ti,current-limit = <900000>; + ti,ovp-voltage = <9500000>; + ti,in-dpm-voltage = <4440000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/axp20x_usb_power.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/axp20x_usb_power.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..862f4a49dc49 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/axp20x_usb_power.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +AXP20x USB power supply + +Required Properties: +-compatible: "x-powers,axp202-usb-power-supply" + +This node is a subnode of the axp20x PMIC. + +Example: + +axp209: pmic@34 { + compatible = "x-powers,axp209"; + reg = <0x34>; + interrupt-parent = <&nmi_intc>; + interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + + regulators { + x-powers,dcdc-freq = <1500>; + + vdd_cpu: dcdc2 { + regulator-always-on; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1450000>; + regulator-name = "vdd-cpu"; + }; + + ... + }; + + usb-power-supply: usb-power-supply { + compatible = "x-powers,axp202-usb-power-supply"; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qcom_smbb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qcom_smbb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..65b88fac854b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/qcom_smbb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +Qualcomm Switch-Mode Battery Charger and Boost + +PROPERTIES +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Description: Must be one of: + - "qcom,pm8941-charger" + +- reg: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Description: Base address of registers for SMBB block + +- interrupts: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Description: The format of the specifier is defined by the binding document + describing the node's interrupt parent. Must contain one + specifier for each of the following interrupts, in order: + - charge done + - charge fast mode + - charge trickle mode + - battery temperature ok + - battery present + - charger disconnected + - USB-in valid + - DC-in valid + +- interrupt-names: + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Description: Must contain the following list, strictly ordered: + "chg-done", + "chg-fast", + "chg-trkl", + "bat-temp-ok", + "bat-present", + "chg-gone", + "usb-valid", + "dc-valid" + +- qcom,fast-charge-current-limit: + Usage: optional (default: 1A, or pre-configured value) + Value type: <u32>; uA; range [100mA : 3A] + Description: Maximum charge current; May be clamped to safety limits. + +- qcom,fast-charge-low-threshold-voltage: + Usage: optional (default: 3.2V, or pre-configured value) + Value type: <u32>; uV; range [2.1V : 3.6V] + Description: Battery voltage limit above which fast charging may operate; + Below this value linear or switch-mode auto-trickle-charging + will operate. + +- qcom,fast-charge-high-threshold-voltage: + Usage: optional (default: 4.2V, or pre-configured value) + Value type: <u32>; uV; range [3.24V : 5V] + Description: Battery voltage limit below which fast charging may operate; + The fast charger will attempt to charge the battery to this + voltage. May be clamped to safety limits. + +- qcom,fast-charge-safe-voltage: + Usage: optional (default: 4.2V, or pre-configured value) + Value type: <u32>; uV; range [3.24V : 5V] + Description: Maximum safe battery voltage; May be pre-set by bootloader, in + which case, setting this will harmlessly fail. The property + 'fast-charge-high-watermark' will be clamped by this value. + +- qcom,fast-charge-safe-current: + Usage: optional (default: 1A, or pre-configured value) + Value type: <u32>; uA; range [100mA : 3A] + Description: Maximum safe battery charge current; May pre-set by bootloader, + in which case, setting this will harmlessly fail. The property + 'qcom,fast-charge-current-limit' will be clamped by this value. + +- qcom,auto-recharge-threshold-voltage: + Usage: optional (default: 4.1V, or pre-configured value) + Value type: <u32>; uV; range [3.24V : 5V] + Description: Battery voltage limit below which auto-recharge functionality + will restart charging after end-of-charge; The high cutoff + limit for auto-recharge is 5% above this value. + +- qcom,minimum-input-voltage: + Usage: optional (default: 4.3V, or pre-configured value) + Value type: <u32>; uV; range [4.2V : 9.6V] + Description: Input voltage level above which charging may operate + +- qcom,dc-current-limit: + Usage: optional (default: 100mA, or pre-configured value) + Value type: <u32>; uA; range [100mA : 2.5A] + Description: Default DC charge current limit + +- qcom,disable-dc: + Usage: optional (default: false) + Value type: boolean: <u32> or <empty> + Description: Disable DC charger + +- qcom,jeita-extended-temp-range: + Usage: optional (default: false) + Value type: boolean: <u32> or <empty> + Description: Enable JEITA extended temperature range; This does *not* + adjust the maximum charge voltage or current in the extended + temperature range. It only allows charging when the battery + is in the extended temperature range. Voltage/current + regulation must be done externally to fully comply with + the JEITA safety guidelines if this flag is set. + +EXAMPLE +charger@1000 { + compatible = "qcom,pm8941-charger"; + reg = <0x1000 0x700>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x10 7 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x10 5 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x10 4 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x12 1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x12 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x13 2 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x13 1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>, + <0x0 0x14 1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>; + interrupt-names = "chg-done", + "chg-fast", + "chg-trkl", + "bat-temp-ok", + "bat-present", + "chg-gone", + "usb-valid", + "dc-valid"; + + qcom,fast-charge-current-limit = <1000000>; + qcom,dc-charge-current-limit = <1000000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/tps65217_charger.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/tps65217_charger.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..98d131acee95 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/tps65217_charger.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +TPS65217 Charger + +Required Properties: +-compatible: "ti,tps65217-charger" + +This node is a subnode of the tps65217 PMIC. + +Example: + + tps65217-charger { + compatible = "ti,tps65090-charger"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt index e91485d11241..6067d9830d07 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt @@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - system-power-controller: Telling whether or not this pmic is controlling the system power. See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power-controller.txt . +- active-semi,vsel-high: Indicates the VSEL pin is high. + If this property is missing, assume the VSEL pin is low(0). Optional input supply properties: - for act8600: @@ -49,6 +51,7 @@ Example: pmic: act8865@5b { compatible = "active-semi,act8865"; reg = <0x5b>; + active-semi,vsel-high; status = "disabled"; regulators { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt index 758eae24082a..37c4ea076f88 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ Optional properties: - anatop-delay-reg-offset: Anatop MFD step time register offset - anatop-delay-bit-shift: Bit shift for the step time register - anatop-delay-bit-width: Number of bits used in the step time register +- vin-supply: The supply for this regulator Any property defined as part of the core regulator binding, defined in regulator.txt, can also be used. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/arizona-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/arizona-regulator.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..443564d7784f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/arizona-regulator.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Cirrus Logic Arizona class audio SoCs + +These devices are audio SoCs with extensive digital capabilities and a range +of analogue I/O. + +This document lists regulator specific bindings, see the primary binding +document: + ../mfd/arizona.txt + +Optional properties: + - wlf,ldoena : GPIO specifier for the GPIO controlling LDOENA + +Optional subnodes: + - ldo1 : Initial data for the LDO1 regulator, as covered in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + - micvdd : Initial data for the MICVDD regulator, as covered in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max77802.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max77802.txt index 79e5476444f7..09d796ed48be 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max77802.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max77802.txt @@ -8,7 +8,28 @@ regulators that can be controlled over I2C. Following properties should be present in main device node of the MFD chip. -Optional node: +Optional properties: +- inb1-supply: The input supply for BUCK1 +- inb2-supply: The input supply for BUCK2 +- inb3-supply: The input supply for BUCK3 +- inb4-supply: The input supply for BUCK4 +- inb5-supply: The input supply for BUCK5 +- inb6-supply: The input supply for BUCK6 +- inb7-supply: The input supply for BUCK7 +- inb8-supply: The input supply for BUCK8 +- inb9-supply: The input supply for BUCK9 +- inb10-supply: The input supply for BUCK10 +- inl1-supply: The input supply for LDO8 and LDO15 +- inl2-supply: The input supply for LDO17, LDO27, LDO30 and LDO35 +- inl3-supply: The input supply for LDO3, LDO5, LDO6 and LDO7 +- inl4-supply: The input supply for LDO10, LDO11, LDO13 and LDO14 +- inl5-supply: The input supply for LDO9 and LDO19 +- inl6-supply: The input supply for LDO4, LDO21, LDO24 and LDO33 +- inl7-supply: The input supply for LDO18, LDO20, LDO28 and LDO29 +- inl9-supply: The input supply for LDO12, LDO23, LDO25, LDO26, LDO32 and LDO34 +- inl10-supply: The input supply for LDO1 and LDO2 + +Optional nodes: - regulators : The regulators of max77802 have to be instantiated under subnode named "regulators" using the following format. @@ -58,6 +79,8 @@ Example: #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; + inb1-supply = <&parent_reg>; + regulators { ldo1_reg: LDO1 { regulator-name = "vdd_1v0"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt index 24bd422cecd5..1d112fc456aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Optional properties: - regulator-always-on: boolean, regulator should never be disabled - regulator-boot-on: bootloader/firmware enabled regulator - regulator-allow-bypass: allow the regulator to go into bypass mode +- regulator-allow-set-load: allow the regulator performance level to be configured - <name>-supply: phandle to the parent supply/regulator node - regulator-ramp-delay: ramp delay for regulator(in uV/uS) For hardware which supports disabling ramp rate, it should be explicitly diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65023.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65023.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a4714e4da370 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65023.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +TPS65023 family of regulators + +Required properties: +- compatible: Must be one of the following. + "ti,tps65020", + "ti,tps65021", + "ti,tps65023", +- reg: I2C slave address +- regulators: list of regulators provided by this controller, must be named + after their hardware counterparts: VDCDC[1-3] and LDO[1-2] +- regulators: This is the list of child nodes that specify the regulator + initialization data for defined regulators. The definition for each of + these nodes is defined using the standard binding for regulators found at + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt. + +Each regulator is defined using the standard binding for regulators. + +Example: + + tps65023@48 { + compatible = "ti,tps65023"; + reg = <0x48>; + + regulators { + VDCDC1 { + regulator-name = "vdd_mpu"; + regulator-always-on; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>; + }; + + VDCDC2 { + regulator-name = "vdd_core"; + regulator-always-on; + regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + }; + + VDCDC3 { + regulator-name = "vdd_io"; + regulator-always-on; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; + }; + + LDO1 { + regulator-name = "vdd_usb18"; + regulator-always-on; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; + }; + + LDO2 { + regulator-name = "vdd_usb33"; + regulator-always-on; + regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/samsung,exynos-rng4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/samsung,exynos-rng4.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4ca8dd4d7e66 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/samsung,exynos-rng4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Exynos Pseudo Random Number Generator + +Required properties: + +- compatible : Should be "samsung,exynos4-rng". +- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers map. +- clocks : Phandle to clock-controller plus clock-specifier pair. +- clock-names : "secss" as a clock name. + +Example: + + rng@10830400 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos4-rng"; + reg = <0x10830400 0x200>; + clocks = <&clock CLK_SSS>; + clock-names = "secss"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/st,rng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/st,rng.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..35734bc282e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/st,rng.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +STMicroelectronics HW Random Number Generator +---------------------------------------------- + +Required parameters: +compatible : Should be "st,rng" +reg : Base address and size of IP's register map. +clocks : Phandle to device's clock (See: ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt) + +Example: + +rng@fee80000 { + compatible = "st,rng"; + reg = <0xfee80000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&clk_sysin>; +} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/st,stm32-rng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/st,stm32-rng.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..47f04176f93b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/st,stm32-rng.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +STMicroelectronics STM32 HW RNG +=============================== + +The STM32 hardware random number generator is a simple fixed purpose IP and +is fully separated from other crypto functions. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : Should be "st,stm32-rng" +- reg : Should be register base and length as documented in the datasheet +- interrupts : The designated IRQ line for the RNG +- clocks : The clock needed to enable the RNG + +Example: + + rng: rng@50060800 { + compatible = "st,stm32-rng"; + reg = <0x50060800 0x400>; + interrupts = <80>; + clocks = <&rcc 0 38>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/ingenic,uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/ingenic,uart.txt index c2d3b3abe7d9..02cb7fe59cb7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/ingenic,uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/ingenic,uart.txt @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ * Ingenic SoC UART Required properties: -- compatible : "ingenic,jz4740-uart" or "ingenic,jz4780-uart" +- compatible : "ingenic,jz4740-uart", "ingenic,jz4760-uart", + "ingenic,jz4775-uart" or "ingenic,jz4780-uart" - reg : offset and length of the register set for the device. - interrupts : should contain uart interrupt. - clocks : phandles to the module & baud clocks. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt index cbae3d9a0278..77863aefe9ef 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Optional properties: must correspond to the PCLK clocking the internal logic of the block. Just listing one clock (the first one) is deprecated. -- clocks-names: +- clock-names: When present, the first clock listed must be named "uartclk" and the second clock listed must be named "apb_pclk" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.txt index a2114c217376..182777fac9a2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.txt @@ -26,6 +26,12 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - dmas: Should contain dma specifiers for transmit and receive channels - dma-names: Should contain "tx" for transmit and "rx" for receive channels +- qcom,tx-crci: Identificator <u32> for Client Rate Control Interface to be + used with TX DMA channel. Required when using DMA for transmission + with UARTDM v1.3 and bellow. +- qcom,rx-crci: Identificator <u32> for Client Rate Control Interface to be + used with RX DMA channel. Required when using DMA for reception + with UARTDM v1.3 and bellow. Note: Aliases may be defined to ensure the correct ordering of the UARTs. The alias serialN will result in the UART being assigned port N. If any diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt index e84b13a8eda3..73f825e5e644 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt @@ -23,6 +23,8 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,scifa-r8a7794" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) SCIFA compatible UART. - "renesas,scifb-r8a7794" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) SCIFB compatible UART. - "renesas,hscif-r8a7794" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) HSCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,scif-r8a7795" for R8A7795 (R-Car H3) SCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,hscif-r8a7795" for R8A7795 (R-Car H3) HSCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,scifa-sh73a0" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) SCIFA compatible UART. - "renesas,scifb-sh73a0" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) SCIFB compatible UART. - "renesas,scif" for generic SCIF compatible UART. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt index 289c40ed7470..12bbe9f22560 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt @@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ The supplying peripheral clock can also be handled, needing a second property Required elements: "baudclk", "apb_pclk" Optional properties: +- snps,uart-16550-compatible : reflects the value of UART_16550_COMPATIBLE + configuration parameter. Define this if your UART does not implement the busy + functionality. - resets : phandle to the parent reset controller. - reg-shift : quantity to shift the register offsets by. If this property is not present then the register offsets are not shifted. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/brcm,bcm2835-aux-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/brcm,bcm2835-aux-spi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9887b0724759 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/brcm,bcm2835-aux-spi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +Broadcom BCM2835 auxiliar SPI1/2 controller + +The BCM2835 contains two forms of SPI master controller, one known simply as +SPI0, and the other known as the "Universal SPI Master"; part of the +auxiliary block. This binding applies to the SPI1/2 controller. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "brcm,bcm2835-aux-spi". +- reg: Should contain register location and length for the spi block +- interrupts: Should contain shared interrupt of the aux block +- clocks: The clock feeding the SPI controller - needs to + point to the auxiliar clock driver of the bcm2835, + as this clock will enable the output gate for the specific + clock. +- cs-gpios: the cs-gpios (native cs is NOT supported) + see also spi-bus.txt + +Example: + +spi1@7e215080 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-aux-spi"; + reg = <0x7e215080 0x40>; + interrupts = <1 29>; + clocks = <&aux_clocks BCM2835_AUX_CLOCK_SPI1>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + cs-gpios = <&gpio 18>, <&gpio 17>, <&gpio 16>; +}; + +spi2@7e2150c0 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-aux-spi"; + reg = <0x7e2150c0 0x40>; + interrupts = <1 29>; + clocks = <&aux_clocks BCM2835_AUX_CLOCK_SPI2>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + cs-gpios = <&gpio 43>, <&gpio 44>, <&gpio 45>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt index 8f771441be60..705075da2f10 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Optional properties, deprecated for soctype-specific bindings: - renesas,tx-fifo-size : Overrides the default tx fifo size given in words (default is 64) - renesas,rx-fifo-size : Overrides the default rx fifo size given in words - (default is 64, or 256 on R-Car Gen2) + (default is 64) Pinctrl properties might be needed, too. See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,*. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mt65xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mt65xx.txt index 6160ffbcb3d3..ce363c923f44 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mt65xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mt65xx.txt @@ -29,8 +29,11 @@ Required properties: muxes clock, and "spi-clk" for the clock gate. Optional properties: +-cs-gpios: see spi-bus.txt, only required for MT8173. + - mediatek,pad-select: specify which pins group(ck/mi/mo/cs) spi - controller used, this value should be 0~3, only required for MT8173. + controller used. This is a array, the element value should be 0~3, + only required for MT8173. 0: specify GPIO69,70,71,72 for spi pins. 1: specify GPIO102,103,104,105 for spi pins. 2: specify GPIO128,129,130,131 for spi pins. @@ -49,7 +52,7 @@ spi: spi@1100a000 { <&topckgen CLK_TOP_SPI_SEL>, <&pericfg CLK_PERI_SPI0>; clock-names = "parent-clk", "sel-clk", "spi-clk"; - - mediatek,pad-select = <0>; + cs-gpios = <&pio 105 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>, <&pio 72 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + mediatek,pad-select = <1>, <0>; status = "disabled"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt index 8a49362dea6e..41b817f7b670 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt @@ -55,19 +55,11 @@ of heat dissipation). For example a fan's cooling states correspond to the different fan speeds possible. Cooling states are referred to by single unsigned integers, where larger numbers mean greater heat dissipation. The precise set of cooling states associated with a device -(as referred to be the cooling-min-state and cooling-max-state +(as referred to by the cooling-min-level and cooling-max-level properties) should be defined in a particular device's binding. For more examples of cooling devices, refer to the example sections below. Required properties: -- cooling-min-state: An integer indicating the smallest - Type: unsigned cooling state accepted. Typically 0. - Size: one cell - -- cooling-max-state: An integer indicating the largest - Type: unsigned cooling state accepted. - Size: one cell - - #cooling-cells: Used to provide cooling device specific information Type: unsigned while referring to it. Must be at least 2, in order Size: one cell to specify minimum and maximum cooling state used @@ -77,6 +69,15 @@ Required properties: See Cooling device maps section below for more details on how consumers refer to cooling devices. +Optional properties: +- cooling-min-level: An integer indicating the smallest + Type: unsigned cooling state accepted. Typically 0. + Size: one cell + +- cooling-max-level: An integer indicating the largest + Type: unsigned cooling state accepted. + Size: one cell + * Trip points The trip node is a node to describe a point in the temperature domain @@ -225,8 +226,8 @@ cpus { 396000 950000 198000 850000 >; - cooling-min-state = <0>; - cooling-max-state = <3>; + cooling-min-level = <0>; + cooling-max-level = <3>; #cooling-cells = <2>; /* min followed by max */ }; ... @@ -240,8 +241,8 @@ cpus { */ fan0: fan@0x48 { ... - cooling-min-state = <0>; - cooling-max-state = <9>; + cooling-min-level = <0>; + cooling-max-level = <9>; #cooling-cells = <2>; /* min followed by max */ }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt index d71ef07bca5d..781296bfbe4f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Required properties: "lsi,zevio-usb" "qcom,ci-hdrc" "chipidea,usb2" + "xlnx,zynq-usb-2.20a" - reg: base address and length of the registers - interrupts: interrupt for the USB controller @@ -26,10 +27,6 @@ Optional properties: - vbus-supply: reference to the VBUS regulator - maximum-speed: limit the maximum connection speed to "full-speed". - tpl-support: TPL (Targeted Peripheral List) feature for targeted hosts -- fsl,usbmisc: (FSL only) phandler of non-core register device, with one - argument that indicate usb controller index -- disable-over-current: (FSL only) disable over current detect -- external-vbus-divider: (FSL only) enables off-chip resistor divider for Vbus - itc-setting: interrupt threshold control register control, the setting should be aligned with ITC bits at register USBCMD. - ahb-burst-config: it is vendor dependent, the required value should be @@ -40,11 +37,28 @@ Optional properties: - tx-burst-size-dword: it is vendor dependent, the tx burst size in dword (4 bytes), This register represents the maximum length of a the burst in 32-bit words while moving data from system memory to the USB - bus, changing this value takes effect only the SBUSCFG.AHBBRST is 0. + bus, the value of this property will only take effect if property + "ahb-burst-config" is set to 0, if this property is missing the reset + default of the hardware implementation will be used. - rx-burst-size-dword: it is vendor dependent, the rx burst size in dword (4 bytes), This register represents the maximum length of a the burst in 32-bit words while moving data from the USB bus to system memory, - changing this value takes effect only the SBUSCFG.AHBBRST is 0. + the value of this property will only take effect if property + "ahb-burst-config" is set to 0, if this property is missing the reset + default of the hardware implementation will be used. +- extcon: phandles to external connector devices. First phandle should point to + external connector, which provide "USB" cable events, the second should point + to external connector device, which provide "USB-HOST" cable events. If one + of the external connector devices is not required, empty <0> phandle should + be specified. +- phy-clkgate-delay-us: the delay time (us) between putting the PHY into + low power mode and gating the PHY clock. + +i.mx specific properties +- fsl,usbmisc: phandler of non-core register device, with one + argument that indicate usb controller index +- disable-over-current: disable over current detect +- external-vbus-divider: enables off-chip resistor divider for Vbus Example: @@ -61,4 +75,6 @@ Example: ahb-burst-config = <0x0>; tx-burst-size-dword = <0x10>; /* 64 bytes */ rx-burst-size-dword = <0x10>; + extcon = <0>, <&usb_id>; + phy-clkgate-delay-us = <400>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt index 0815eac5b185..9ff48e0defb4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt @@ -35,11 +35,16 @@ Optional properties: LTSSM during USB3 Compliance mode. - snps,dis_u3_susphy_quirk: when set core will disable USB3 suspend phy. - snps,dis_u2_susphy_quirk: when set core will disable USB2 suspend phy. + - snps,dis_enblslpm_quirk: when set clears the enblslpm in GUSB2PHYCFG, + disabling the suspend signal to the PHY. - snps,is-utmi-l1-suspend: true when DWC3 asserts output signal utmi_l1_suspend_n, false when asserts utmi_sleep_n - snps,hird-threshold: HIRD threshold - snps,hsphy_interface: High-Speed PHY interface selection between "utmi" for UTMI+ and "ulpi" for ULPI when the DWC_USB3_HSPHY_INTERFACE has value 3. + - snps,quirk-frame-length-adjustment: Value for GFLADJ_30MHZ field of GFLADJ + register for post-silicon frame length adjustment when the + fladj_30mhz_sdbnd signal is invalid or incorrect. This is usually a subnode to DWC3 glue to which it is connected. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt index 64a4ca6cf96f..7d48f63db44e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,usbhs-r8a7790" - "renesas,usbhs-r8a7791" - "renesas,usbhs-r8a7794" + - "renesas,usbhs-r8a7795" - reg: Base address and length of the register for the USBHS - interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the USBHS - clocks: A list of phandle + clock specifier pairs diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index ac5f0c34ae00..13e54a0e78b9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt @@ -101,6 +101,7 @@ himax Himax Technologies, Inc. hisilicon Hisilicon Limited. hit Hitachi Ltd. hitex Hitex Development Tools +holt Holt Integrated Circuits, Inc. honeywell Honeywell hp Hewlett Packard i2se I2SE GmbH @@ -169,6 +170,7 @@ phytec PHYTEC Messtechnik GmbH picochip Picochip Ltd plathome Plat'Home Co., Ltd. pixcir PIXCIR MICROELECTRONICS Co., Ltd +pulsedlight PulsedLight, Inc powervr PowerVR (deprecated, use img) qca Qualcomm Atheros, Inc. qcom Qualcomm Technologies, Inc @@ -191,6 +193,7 @@ sbs Smart Battery System schindler Schindler seagate Seagate Technology PLC semtech Semtech Corporation +sgx SGX Sensortech sharp Sharp Corporation sil Silicon Image silabs Silicon Laboratories @@ -203,6 +206,7 @@ sitronix Sitronix Technology Corporation skyworks Skyworks Solutions, Inc. smsc Standard Microsystems Corporation snps Synopsys, Inc. +socionext Socionext Inc. solidrun SolidRun solomon Solomon Systech Limited sony Sony Corporation @@ -222,6 +226,7 @@ toshiba Toshiba Corporation toumaz Toumaz tplink TP-LINK Technologies Co., Ltd. truly Truly Semiconductors Limited +upisemi uPI Semiconductor Corp. usi Universal Scientific Industrial Co., Ltd. v3 V3 Semiconductor variscite Variscite Ltd. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/omap-hdq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/omap-hdq.txt index fef794741bd1..913c5f91a0f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/omap-hdq.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/omap-hdq.txt @@ -1,11 +1,15 @@ * OMAP HDQ One wire bus master controller Required properties: -- compatible : should be "ti,omap3-1w" +- compatible : should be "ti,omap3-1w" or "ti,am4372-hdq" - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : interrupt line. - ti,hwmods : "hdq1w" +Optional properties: +- ti,mode: should be "hdq": HDQ mode "1w": one-wire mode. + If not specified HDQ mode is implied. + Example: - From omap3.dtsi @@ -14,4 +18,5 @@ Example: reg = <0x480b2000 0x1000>; interrupts = <58>; ti,hwmods = "hdq1w"; + ti,mode = "hdq"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt index 07795ec51cde..e456696cfef2 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt @@ -63,6 +63,20 @@ runtime memory footprint: int platform_driver_probe(struct platform_driver *drv, int (*probe)(struct platform_device *)) +Kernel modules can be composed of several platform drivers. The platform core +provides helpers to register and unregister an array of drivers: + + int __platform_register_drivers(struct platform_driver * const *drivers, + unsigned int count, struct module *owner); + void platform_unregister_drivers(struct platform_driver * const *drivers, + unsigned int count); + +If one of the drivers fails to register, all drivers registered up to that +point will be unregistered in reverse order. Note that there is a convenience +macro that passes THIS_MODULE as owner parameter: + + #define platform_register_driver(drivers, count) + Device Enumeration ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/edac.txt b/Documentation/edac.txt index 0cf27a3544a5..80841a2d640c 100644 --- a/Documentation/edac.txt +++ b/Documentation/edac.txt @@ -744,6 +744,52 @@ exports one possible that some errors could be lost. With rdimm's, they display the contents of the registers +AMD64_EDAC REFERENCE DOCUMENTS USED +----------------------------------- +amd64_edac module is based on the following documents +(available from http://support.amd.com/en-us/search/tech-docs): + +1. Title: BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide for AMD Athlon 64 and AMD + Opteron Processors + AMD publication #: 26094 + Revision: 3.26 + Link: http://support.amd.com/TechDocs/26094.PDF + +2. Title: BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide for AMD NPT Family 0Fh + Processors + AMD publication #: 32559 + Revision: 3.00 + Issue Date: May 2006 + Link: http://support.amd.com/TechDocs/32559.pdf + +3. Title: BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) For AMD Family 10h + Processors + AMD publication #: 31116 + Revision: 3.00 + Issue Date: September 07, 2007 + Link: http://support.amd.com/TechDocs/31116.pdf + +4. Title: BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) for AMD Family 15h + Models 30h-3Fh Processors + AMD publication #: 49125 + Revision: 3.06 + Issue Date: 2/12/2015 (latest release) + Link: http://support.amd.com/TechDocs/49125_15h_Models_30h-3Fh_BKDG.pdf + +5. Title: BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) for AMD Family 15h + Models 60h-6Fh Processors + AMD publication #: 50742 + Revision: 3.01 + Issue Date: 7/23/2015 (latest release) + Link: http://support.amd.com/TechDocs/50742_15h_Models_60h-6Fh_BKDG.pdf + +6. Title: BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) for AMD Family 16h + Models 00h-0Fh Processors + AMD publication #: 48751 + Revision: 3.03 + Issue Date: 2/23/2015 (latest release) + Link: http://support.amd.com/TechDocs/48751_16h_bkdg.pdf + CREDITS: ======== diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt index 14531da2fb54..703f5784bc90 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ | alpha: | TODO | | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | - | arm64: | TODO | + | arm64: | ok | | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt index df384e3e845f..523f8307b9cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ | arch |status| ----------------------- | alpha: | TODO | - | arc: | .. | + | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | | avr32: | .. | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt index aaaa21db6226..3de5434c857c 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ | arch |status| ----------------------- | alpha: | TODO | - | arc: | TODO | + | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | | avr32: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt index 463f595733e8..4f45f71149cb 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ a variable of type size_t. Boolean values can be placed in debugfs with: struct dentry *debugfs_create_bool(const char *name, umode_t mode, - struct dentry *parent, u32 *value); + struct dentry *parent, bool *value); A read on the resulting file will yield either Y (for non-zero values) or N, followed by a newline. If written to, it will accept either upper- or diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt index e2d5105b7214..b102b436563e 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt @@ -102,7 +102,8 @@ background_gc=%s Turn on/off cleaning operations, namely garbage collection, triggered in background when I/O subsystem is idle. If background_gc=on, it will turn on the garbage collection and if background_gc=off, garbage collection - will be truned off. + will be truned off. If background_gc=sync, it will turn + on synchronous garbage collection running in background. Default value for this option is on. So garbage collection is on by default. disable_roll_forward Disable the roll-forward recovery routine diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt index 2d66ed688125..bb5ab6de5924 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt @@ -157,6 +157,9 @@ ip=<client-ip>:<server-ip>:<gw-ip>:<netmask>:<hostname>:<device>:<autoconf>: both: use both BOOTP and RARP but not DHCP (old option kept for backwards compatibility) + if dhcp is used, the client identifier can be used by following + format "ip=dhcp,client-id-type,client-id-value" + Default: any <dns0-ip> IP address of first nameserver. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt index d411ca63c8b6..3a9d65c912e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt @@ -140,7 +140,8 @@ Table 1-1: Process specific entries in /proc stat Process status statm Process memory status information status Process status in human readable form - wchan If CONFIG_KALLSYMS is set, a pre-decoded wchan + wchan Present with CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y: it shows the kernel function + symbol the task is blocked in - or "0" if not blocked. pagemap Page table stack Report full stack trace, enable via CONFIG_STACKTRACE smaps a extension based on maps, showing the memory consumption of @@ -310,7 +311,7 @@ Table 1-4: Contents of the stat files (as of 2.6.30-rc7) blocked bitmap of blocked signals sigign bitmap of ignored signals sigcatch bitmap of caught signals - wchan address where process went to sleep + 0 (place holder, used to be the wchan address, use /proc/PID/wchan instead) 0 (place holder) 0 (place holder) exit_signal signal to send to parent thread on exit diff --git a/Documentation/fpga/fpga-mgr.txt b/Documentation/fpga/fpga-mgr.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ce3e84fa9023 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/fpga/fpga-mgr.txt @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +FPGA Manager Core + +Alan Tull 2015 + +Overview +======== + +The FPGA manager core exports a set of functions for programming an FPGA with +an image. The API is manufacturer agnostic. All manufacturer specifics are +hidden away in a low level driver which registers a set of ops with the core. +The FPGA image data itself is very manufacturer specific, but for our purposes +it's just binary data. The FPGA manager core won't parse it. + + +API Functions: +============== + +To program the FPGA from a file or from a buffer: +------------------------------------------------- + + int fpga_mgr_buf_load(struct fpga_manager *mgr, u32 flags, + const char *buf, size_t count); + +Load the FPGA from an image which exists as a buffer in memory. + + int fpga_mgr_firmware_load(struct fpga_manager *mgr, u32 flags, + const char *image_name); + +Load the FPGA from an image which exists as a file. The image file must be on +the firmware search path (see the firmware class documentation). + +For both these functions, flags == 0 for normal full reconfiguration or +FPGA_MGR_PARTIAL_RECONFIG for partial reconfiguration. If successful, the FPGA +ends up in operating mode. Return 0 on success or a negative error code. + + +To get/put a reference to a FPGA manager: +----------------------------------------- + + struct fpga_manager *of_fpga_mgr_get(struct device_node *node); + + void fpga_mgr_put(struct fpga_manager *mgr); + +Given a DT node, get an exclusive reference to a FPGA manager or release +the reference. + + +To register or unregister the low level FPGA-specific driver: +------------------------------------------------------------- + + int fpga_mgr_register(struct device *dev, const char *name, + const struct fpga_manager_ops *mops, + void *priv); + + void fpga_mgr_unregister(struct device *dev); + +Use of these two functions is described below in "How To Support a new FPGA +device." + + +How to write an image buffer to a supported FPGA +================================================ +/* Include to get the API */ +#include <linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h> + +/* device node that specifies the FPGA manager to use */ +struct device_node *mgr_node = ... + +/* FPGA image is in this buffer. count is size of the buffer. */ +char *buf = ... +int count = ... + +/* flags indicates whether to do full or partial reconfiguration */ +int flags = 0; + +int ret; + +/* Get exclusive control of FPGA manager */ +struct fpga_manager *mgr = of_fpga_mgr_get(mgr_node); + +/* Load the buffer to the FPGA */ +ret = fpga_mgr_buf_load(mgr, flags, buf, count); + +/* Release the FPGA manager */ +fpga_mgr_put(mgr); + + +How to write an image file to a supported FPGA +============================================== +/* Include to get the API */ +#include <linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h> + +/* device node that specifies the FPGA manager to use */ +struct device_node *mgr_node = ... + +/* FPGA image is in this file which is in the firmware search path */ +const char *path = "fpga-image-9.rbf" + +/* flags indicates whether to do full or partial reconfiguration */ +int flags = 0; + +int ret; + +/* Get exclusive control of FPGA manager */ +struct fpga_manager *mgr = of_fpga_mgr_get(mgr_node); + +/* Get the firmware image (path) and load it to the FPGA */ +ret = fpga_mgr_firmware_load(mgr, flags, path); + +/* Release the FPGA manager */ +fpga_mgr_put(mgr); + + +How to support a new FPGA device +================================ +To add another FPGA manager, write a driver that implements a set of ops. The +probe function calls fpga_mgr_register(), such as: + +static const struct fpga_manager_ops socfpga_fpga_ops = { + .write_init = socfpga_fpga_ops_configure_init, + .write = socfpga_fpga_ops_configure_write, + .write_complete = socfpga_fpga_ops_configure_complete, + .state = socfpga_fpga_ops_state, +}; + +static int socfpga_fpga_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) +{ + struct device *dev = &pdev->dev; + struct socfpga_fpga_priv *priv; + int ret; + + priv = devm_kzalloc(dev, sizeof(*priv), GFP_KERNEL); + if (!priv) + return -ENOMEM; + + /* ... do ioremaps, get interrupts, etc. and save + them in priv... */ + + return fpga_mgr_register(dev, "Altera SOCFPGA FPGA Manager", + &socfpga_fpga_ops, priv); +} + +static int socfpga_fpga_remove(struct platform_device *pdev) +{ + fpga_mgr_unregister(&pdev->dev); + + return 0; +} + + +The ops will implement whatever device specific register writes are needed to +do the programming sequence for this particular FPGA. These ops return 0 for +success or negative error codes otherwise. + +The programming sequence is: + 1. .write_init + 2. .write (may be called once or multiple times) + 3. .write_complete + +The .write_init function will prepare the FPGA to receive the image data. + +The .write function writes a buffer to the FPGA. The buffer may be contain the +whole FPGA image or may be a smaller chunk of an FPGA image. In the latter +case, this function is called multiple times for successive chunks. + +The .write_complete function is called after all the image has been written +to put the FPGA into operating mode. + +The ops include a .state function which will read the hardware FPGA manager and +return a code of type enum fpga_mgr_states. It doesn't result in a change in +hardware state. diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt b/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt index 90d0f6aba7a6..12a61948ec91 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt @@ -62,6 +62,11 @@ Any debugfs dump method should normally ignore signals which haven't been requested as GPIOs. They can use gpiochip_is_requested(), which returns either NULL or the label associated with that GPIO when it was requested. +RT_FULL: GPIO driver should not use spinlock_t or any sleepable APIs +(like PM runtime) in its gpio_chip implementation (.get/.set and direction +control callbacks) if it is expected to call GPIO APIs from atomic context +on -RT (inside hard IRQ handlers and similar contexts). Normally this should +not be required. GPIO drivers providing IRQs --------------------------- @@ -73,6 +78,13 @@ The IRQ portions of the GPIO block are implemented using an irqchip, using the header <linux/irq.h>. So basically such a driver is utilizing two sub- systems simultaneously: gpio and irq. +RT_FULL: GPIO driver should not use spinlock_t or any sleepable APIs +(like PM runtime) as part of its irq_chip implementation on -RT. +- spinlock_t should be replaced with raw_spinlock_t [1]. +- If sleepable APIs have to be used, these can be done from the .irq_bus_lock() + and .irq_bus_unlock() callbacks, as these are the only slowpath callbacks + on an irqchip. Create the callbacks if needed [2]. + GPIO irqchips usually fall in one of two categories: * CHAINED GPIO irqchips: these are usually the type that is embedded on @@ -93,6 +105,38 @@ GPIO irqchips usually fall in one of two categories: Chained GPIO irqchips typically can NOT set the .can_sleep flag on struct gpio_chip, as everything happens directly in the callbacks. + RT_FULL: Note, chained IRQ handlers will not be forced threaded on -RT. + As result, spinlock_t or any sleepable APIs (like PM runtime) can't be used + in chained IRQ handler. + if required (and if it can't be converted to the nested threaded GPIO irqchip) + - chained IRQ handler can be converted to generic irq handler and this way + it will be threaded IRQ handler on -RT and hard IRQ handler on non-RT + (for example, see [3]). + Know W/A: The generic_handle_irq() is expected to be called with IRQ disabled, + so IRQ core will complain if it will be called from IRQ handler wich is forced + thread. The "fake?" raw lock can be used to W/A this problem: + + raw_spinlock_t wa_lock; + static irqreturn_t omap_gpio_irq_handler(int irq, void *gpiobank) + unsigned long wa_lock_flags; + raw_spin_lock_irqsave(&bank->wa_lock, wa_lock_flags); + generic_handle_irq(irq_find_mapping(bank->chip.irqdomain, bit)); + raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore(&bank->wa_lock, wa_lock_flags); + +* GENERIC CHAINED GPIO irqchips: these are the same as "CHAINED GPIO irqchips", + but chained IRQ handlers are not used. Instead GPIO IRQs dispatching is + performed by generic IRQ handler which is configured using request_irq(). + The GPIO irqchip will then end up calling something like this sequence in + its interrupt handler: + + static irqreturn_t gpio_rcar_irq_handler(int irq, void *dev_id) + for each detected GPIO IRQ + generic_handle_irq(...); + + RT_FULL: Such kind of handlers will be forced threaded on -RT, as result IRQ + core will complain that generic_handle_irq() is called with IRQ enabled and + the same W/A as for "CHAINED GPIO irqchips" can be applied. + * NESTED THREADED GPIO irqchips: these are off-chip GPIO expanders and any other GPIO irqchip residing on the other side of a sleeping bus. Of course such drivers that need slow bus traffic to read out IRQ status and similar, @@ -133,6 +177,13 @@ To use the helpers please keep the following in mind: the irqchip can initialize. E.g. .dev and .can_sleep shall be set up properly. +- Nominally set all handlers to handle_bad_irq() in the setup call and pass + handle_bad_irq() as flow handler parameter in gpiochip_irqchip_add() if it is + expected for GPIO driver that irqchip .set_type() callback have to be called + before using/enabling GPIO IRQ. Then set the handler to handle_level_irq() + and/or handle_edge_irq() in the irqchip .set_type() callback depending on + what your controller supports. + It is legal for any IRQ consumer to request an IRQ from any irqchip no matter if that is a combined GPIO+IRQ driver. The basic premise is that gpio_chip and irq_chip are orthogonal, and offering their services independent of each @@ -169,6 +220,31 @@ When implementing an irqchip inside a GPIO driver, these two functions should typically be called in the .startup() and .shutdown() callbacks from the irqchip. +Real-Time compliance for GPIO IRQ chips +--------------------------------------- + +Any provider of irqchips needs to be carefully tailored to support Real Time +preemption. It is desireable that all irqchips in the GPIO subsystem keep this +in mind and does the proper testing to assure they are real time-enabled. +So, pay attention on above " RT_FULL:" notes, please. +The following is a checklist to follow when preparing a driver for real +time-compliance: + +- ensure spinlock_t is not used as part irq_chip implementation; +- ensure that sleepable APIs are not used as part irq_chip implementation. + If sleepable APIs have to be used, these can be done from the .irq_bus_lock() + and .irq_bus_unlock() callbacks; +- Chained GPIO irqchips: ensure spinlock_t or any sleepable APIs are not used + from chained IRQ handler; +- Generic chained GPIO irqchips: take care about generic_handle_irq() calls and + apply corresponding W/A; +- Chained GPIO irqchips: get rid of chained IRQ handler and use generic irq + handler if possible :) +- regmap_mmio: Sry, but you are in trouble :( if MMIO regmap is used as for + GPIO IRQ chip implementation; +- Test your driver with the appropriate in-kernel real time test cases for both + level and edge IRQs. + Requesting self-owned GPIO pins ------------------------------- @@ -190,3 +266,7 @@ gpiochip_free_own_desc(). These functions must be used with care since they do not affect module use count. Do not use the functions to request gpio descriptors not owned by the calling driver. + +[1] http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-omap/msg120425.html +[2] https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/9/25/494 +[3] https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/9/25/495 diff --git a/Documentation/hw_random.txt b/Documentation/hw_random.txt index 026e237bbc87..fce1634907d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/hw_random.txt +++ b/Documentation/hw_random.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Introduction: The hw_random framework is software that makes use of a special hardware feature on your CPU or motherboard, a Random Number Generator (RNG). The software has two parts: - a core providing the /dev/hw_random character device and its + a core providing the /dev/hwrng character device and its sysfs support, plus a hardware-specific driver that plugs into that core. @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Introduction: http://sourceforge.net/projects/gkernel/ - Those tools use /dev/hw_random to fill the kernel entropy pool, + Those tools use /dev/hwrng to fill the kernel entropy pool, which is used internally and exported by the /dev/urandom and /dev/random special files. @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ Theory of operation: The rng-tools package uses such tests in "rngd", and lets you run them by hand with a "rngtest" utility. - /dev/hw_random is char device major 10, minor 183. + /dev/hwrng is char device major 10, minor 183. CLASS DEVICE. There is a /sys/class/misc/hw_random node with two unique attributes, "rng_available" and "rng_current". The "rng_available" attribute lists the hardware-specific drivers available, while "rng_current" lists the one which is currently - connected to /dev/hw_random. If your system has more than one + connected to /dev/hwrng. If your system has more than one RNG available, you may change the one used by writing a name from the list in "rng_available" into "rng_current". diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm75 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm75 index 67691a0aa41d..ac95edfcd907 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm75 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm75 @@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ Supported chips: Addresses scanned: none Datasheet: Publicly available at the ST website http://www.st.com/internet/analog/product/121769.jsp - * Texas Instruments TMP100, TMP101, TMP105, TMP112, TMP75, TMP175, TMP275 - Prefixes: 'tmp100', 'tmp101', 'tmp105', 'tmp112', 'tmp175', 'tmp75', 'tmp275' + * Texas Instruments TMP100, TMP101, TMP105, TMP112, TMP75, TMP75C, TMP175, TMP275 + Prefixes: 'tmp100', 'tmp101', 'tmp105', 'tmp112', 'tmp175', 'tmp75', 'tmp75c', 'tmp275' Addresses scanned: none Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website http://www.ti.com/product/tmp100 @@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ Supported chips: http://www.ti.com/product/tmp105 http://www.ti.com/product/tmp112 http://www.ti.com/product/tmp75 + http://www.ti.com/product/tmp75c http://www.ti.com/product/tmp175 http://www.ti.com/product/tmp275 * NXP LM75B diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max31790 b/Documentation/hwmon/max31790 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..855e62430da9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max31790 @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +Kernel driver max31790 +====================== + +Supported chips: + * Maxim MAX31790 + Prefix: 'max31790' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheet: http://pdfserv.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX31790.pdf + +Author: Il Han <corone.il.han@gmail.com> + + +Description +----------- + +This driver implements support for the Maxim MAX31790 chip. + +The MAX31790 controls the speeds of up to six fans using six independent +PWM outputs. The desired fan speeds (or PWM duty cycles) are written +through the I2C interface. The outputs drive "4-wire" fans directly, +or can be used to modulate the fan's power terminals using an external +pass transistor. + +Tachometer inputs monitor fan tachometer logic outputs for precise (+/-1%) +monitoring and control of fan RPM as well as detection of fan failure. +Six pins are dedicated tachometer inputs. Any of the six PWM outputs can +also be configured to serve as tachometer inputs. + + +Sysfs entries +------------- + +fan[1-12]_input RO fan tachometer speed in RPM +fan[1-12]_fault RO fan experienced fault +fan[1-6]_target RW desired fan speed in RPM +pwm[1-6]_enable RW regulator mode, 0=disabled, 1=manual mode, 2=rpm mode +pwm[1-6] RW fan target duty cycle (0-255) diff --git a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt index b85d000faeb4..c51f1146f3bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ For win8 devices with both T and C coordinates, the position mapping is ABS_MT_POSITION_X := T_X ABS_MT_POSITION_Y := T_Y ABS_MT_TOOL_X := C_X - ABS_MT_TOOL_X := C_Y + ABS_MT_TOOL_Y := C_Y Unfortunately, there is not enough information to specify both the touching ellipse and the tool ellipse, so one has to resort to approximations. One diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt index df1b25eb8382..91261a32a573 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt @@ -81,6 +81,9 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments 0x22 all scsi/sg.h '#' 00-3F IEEE 1394 Subsystem Block for the entire subsystem '$' 00-0F linux/perf_counter.h, linux/perf_event.h +'%' 00-0F include/uapi/linux/stm.h + System Trace Module subsystem + <mailto:alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> '&' 00-07 drivers/firewire/nosy-user.h '1' 00-1F <linux/timepps.h> PPS kit from Ulrich Windl <ftp://ftp.de.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/ntp/PPS/> @@ -149,6 +152,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments 'K' all linux/kd.h 'L' 00-1F linux/loop.h conflict! 'L' 10-1F drivers/scsi/mpt2sas/mpt2sas_ctl.h conflict! +'L' 20-2F linux/lightnvm.h 'L' E0-FF linux/ppdd.h encrypted disk device driver <http://linux01.gwdg.de/~alatham/ppdd.html> 'M' all linux/soundcard.h conflict! diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index f97071ac9b4c..688760f790b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -167,7 +167,8 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. acpi= [HW,ACPI,X86,ARM64] Advanced Configuration and Power Interface - Format: { force | off | strict | noirq | rsdt } + Format: { force | off | strict | noirq | rsdt | + copy_dsdt } force -- enable ACPI if default was off off -- disable ACPI if default was on noirq -- do not use ACPI for IRQ routing @@ -1029,6 +1030,13 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. serial port must already be setup and configured. Options are not yet supported. + lpuart,<addr> + lpuart32,<addr> + Use early console provided by Freescale LP UART driver + found on Freescale Vybrid and QorIQ LS1021A processors. + A valid base address must be provided, and the serial + port must already be setup and configured. + earlyprintk= [X86,SH,BLACKFIN,ARM,M68k] earlyprintk=vga earlyprintk=efi @@ -1100,6 +1108,21 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. you are really sure that your UEFI does sane gc and fulfills the spec otherwise your board may brick. + efi_fake_mem= nn[KMG]@ss[KMG]:aa[,nn[KMG]@ss[KMG]:aa,..] [EFI; X86] + Add arbitrary attribute to specific memory range by + updating original EFI memory map. + Region of memory which aa attribute is added to is + from ss to ss+nn. + If efi_fake_mem=2G@4G:0x10000,2G@0x10a0000000:0x10000 + is specified, EFI_MEMORY_MORE_RELIABLE(0x10000) + attribute is added to range 0x100000000-0x180000000 and + 0x10a0000000-0x1120000000. + + Using this parameter you can do debugging of EFI memmap + related feature. For example, you can do debugging of + Address Range Mirroring feature even if your box + doesn't support it. + eisa_irq_edge= [PARISC,HW] See header of drivers/parisc/eisa.c. @@ -1552,6 +1575,9 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. hwp_only Only load intel_pstate on systems which support hardware P state control (HWP) if available. + no_acpi + Don't use ACPI processor performance control objects + _PSS and _PPC specified limits. intremap= [X86-64, Intel-IOMMU] on enable Interrupt Remapping (default) @@ -3081,9 +3107,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. cache-to-cache transfer latencies. rcutree.rcu_fanout_leaf= [KNL] - Increase the number of CPUs assigned to each - leaf rcu_node structure. Useful for very large - systems. + Change the number of CPUs assigned to each + leaf rcu_node structure. Useful for very + large systems, which will choose the value 64, + and for NUMA systems with large remote-access + latencies, which will choose a value aligned + with the appropriate hardware boundaries. rcutree.jiffies_till_sched_qs= [KNL] Set required age in jiffies for a diff --git a/Documentation/locking/locktorture.txt b/Documentation/locking/locktorture.txt index 619f2bb136a5..a2ef3a929bf1 100644 --- a/Documentation/locking/locktorture.txt +++ b/Documentation/locking/locktorture.txt @@ -52,6 +52,9 @@ torture_type Type of lock to torture. By default, only spinlocks will o "mutex_lock": mutex_lock() and mutex_unlock() pairs. + o "rtmutex_lock": rtmutex_lock() and rtmutex_unlock() + pairs. Kernel must have CONFIG_RT_MUTEX=y. + o "rwsem_lock": read/write down() and up() semaphore pairs. torture_runnable Start locktorture at boot time in the case where the diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt index 2ba8461b0631..aef9487303d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt +++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt @@ -617,16 +617,16 @@ case what's actually required is: However, stores are not speculated. This means that ordering -is- provided for load-store control dependencies, as in the following example: - q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); + q = READ_ONCE(a); if (q) { WRITE_ONCE(b, p); } Control dependencies pair normally with other types of barriers. That -said, please note that READ_ONCE_CTRL() is not optional! Without the -READ_ONCE_CTRL(), the compiler might combine the load from 'a' with -other loads from 'a', and the store to 'b' with other stores to 'b', -with possible highly counterintuitive effects on ordering. +said, please note that READ_ONCE() is not optional! Without the +READ_ONCE(), the compiler might combine the load from 'a' with other +loads from 'a', and the store to 'b' with other stores to 'b', with +possible highly counterintuitive effects on ordering. Worse yet, if the compiler is able to prove (say) that the value of variable 'a' is always non-zero, it would be well within its rights @@ -636,15 +636,12 @@ as follows: q = a; b = p; /* BUG: Compiler and CPU can both reorder!!! */ -Finally, the READ_ONCE_CTRL() includes an smp_read_barrier_depends() -that DEC Alpha needs in order to respect control depedencies. - -So don't leave out the READ_ONCE_CTRL(). +So don't leave out the READ_ONCE(). It is tempting to try to enforce ordering on identical stores on both branches of the "if" statement as follows: - q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); + q = READ_ONCE(a); if (q) { barrier(); WRITE_ONCE(b, p); @@ -658,7 +655,7 @@ branches of the "if" statement as follows: Unfortunately, current compilers will transform this as follows at high optimization levels: - q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); + q = READ_ONCE(a); barrier(); WRITE_ONCE(b, p); /* BUG: No ordering vs. load from a!!! */ if (q) { @@ -688,7 +685,7 @@ memory barriers, for example, smp_store_release(): In contrast, without explicit memory barriers, two-legged-if control ordering is guaranteed only when the stores differ, for example: - q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); + q = READ_ONCE(a); if (q) { WRITE_ONCE(b, p); do_something(); @@ -697,14 +694,14 @@ ordering is guaranteed only when the stores differ, for example: do_something_else(); } -The initial READ_ONCE_CTRL() is still required to prevent the compiler -from proving the value of 'a'. +The initial READ_ONCE() is still required to prevent the compiler from +proving the value of 'a'. In addition, you need to be careful what you do with the local variable 'q', otherwise the compiler might be able to guess the value and again remove the needed conditional. For example: - q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); + q = READ_ONCE(a); if (q % MAX) { WRITE_ONCE(b, p); do_something(); @@ -717,7 +714,7 @@ If MAX is defined to be 1, then the compiler knows that (q % MAX) is equal to zero, in which case the compiler is within its rights to transform the above code into the following: - q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); + q = READ_ONCE(a); WRITE_ONCE(b, p); do_something_else(); @@ -728,7 +725,7 @@ is gone, and the barrier won't bring it back. Therefore, if you are relying on this ordering, you should make sure that MAX is greater than one, perhaps as follows: - q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); + q = READ_ONCE(a); BUILD_BUG_ON(MAX <= 1); /* Order load from a with store to b. */ if (q % MAX) { WRITE_ONCE(b, p); @@ -745,7 +742,7 @@ of the 'if' statement. You must also be careful not to rely too much on boolean short-circuit evaluation. Consider this example: - q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); + q = READ_ONCE(a); if (q || 1 > 0) WRITE_ONCE(b, 1); @@ -753,7 +750,7 @@ Because the first condition cannot fault and the second condition is always true, the compiler can transform this example as following, defeating control dependency: - q = READ_ONCE_CTRL(a); + q = READ_ONCE(a); WRITE_ONCE(b, 1); This example underscores the need to ensure that the compiler cannot @@ -767,7 +764,7 @@ x and y both being zero: CPU 0 CPU 1 ======================= ======================= - r1 = READ_ONCE_CTRL(x); r2 = READ_ONCE_CTRL(y); + r1 = READ_ONCE(x); r2 = READ_ONCE(y); if (r1 > 0) if (r2 > 0) WRITE_ONCE(y, 1); WRITE_ONCE(x, 1); @@ -796,11 +793,6 @@ site: https://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~pes20/ppcmem/index.html. In summary: - (*) Control dependencies must be headed by READ_ONCE_CTRL(). - Or, as a much less preferable alternative, interpose - smp_read_barrier_depends() between a READ_ONCE() and the - control-dependent write. - (*) Control dependencies can order prior loads against later stores. However, they do -not- guarantee any other sort of ordering: Not prior loads against later loads, nor prior stores against @@ -816,14 +808,13 @@ In summary: between the prior load and the subsequent store, and this conditional must involve the prior load. If the compiler is able to optimize the conditional away, it will have also optimized - away the ordering. Careful use of READ_ONCE_CTRL() READ_ONCE(), - and WRITE_ONCE() can help to preserve the needed conditional. + away the ordering. Careful use of READ_ONCE() and WRITE_ONCE() + can help to preserve the needed conditional. (*) Control dependencies require that the compiler avoid reordering the - dependency into nonexistence. Careful use of READ_ONCE_CTRL() - or smp_read_barrier_depends() can help to preserve your control - dependency. Please see the Compiler Barrier section for more - information. + dependency into nonexistence. Careful use of READ_ONCE() or + atomic{,64}_read() can help to preserve your control dependency. + Please see the Compiler Barrier section for more information. (*) Control dependencies pair normally with other types of barriers. @@ -1710,6 +1701,17 @@ There are some more advanced barrier functions: operations" subsection for information on where to use these. + (*) lockless_dereference(); + This can be thought of as a pointer-fetch wrapper around the + smp_read_barrier_depends() data-dependency barrier. + + This is also similar to rcu_dereference(), but in cases where + object lifetime is handled by some mechanism other than RCU, for + example, when the objects removed only when the system goes down. + In addition, lockless_dereference() is used in some data structures + that can be used both with and without RCU. + + (*) dma_wmb(); (*) dma_rmb(); @@ -1789,7 +1791,6 @@ The Linux kernel has a number of locking constructs: (*) mutexes (*) semaphores (*) R/W semaphores - (*) RCU In all cases there are variants on "ACQUIRE" operations and "RELEASE" operations for each construct. These operations all imply certain barriers: diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt b/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt index 1a2f2c8ec59e..73f44fc3e715 100644 --- a/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt +++ b/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt @@ -28,6 +28,10 @@ The Symmetric Communication Interface (SCIF (pronounced as skiff)) is a low level communications API across PCIe currently implemented for MIC. More details are available at scif_overview.txt. +The Coprocessor State Management (COSM) driver on the host allows for +boot, shutdown and reset of Intel MIC devices. It communicates with a COSM +"client" driver on the MIC cards over SCIF to perform these functions. + Here is a block diagram of the various components described above. The virtio backends are situated on the host rather than the card given better single threaded performance for the host compared to MIC, the ability of @@ -51,19 +55,20 @@ the fact that the virtio block storage backend can only be on the host. | | | Virtio over PCIe IOCTLs | | | +--------------------------+ +-----------+ | | | +-----------+ -| MIC DMA | | +----------+ | +-----------+ | | MIC DMA | -| Driver | | | SCIF | | | SCIF | | | Driver | -+-----------+ | +----------+ | +-----------+ | +-----------+ - | | | | | | | -+---------------+ | +-----+-----+ | +-----+-----+ | +---------------+ -|MIC virtual Bus| | |SCIF HW Bus| | |SCIF HW BUS| | |MIC virtual Bus| -+---------------+ | +-----------+ | +-----+-----+ | +---------------+ - | | | | | | | - | +--------------+ | | | +---------------+ | - | |Intel MIC | | | | |Intel MIC | | - +---|Card Driver +----+ | | |Host Driver | | - +--------------+ | +----+---------------+-----+ - | | | +| MIC DMA | | +------+ | +------+ +------+ | | MIC DMA | +| Driver | | | SCIF | | | SCIF | | COSM | | | Driver | ++-----------+ | +------+ | +------+ +--+---+ | +-----------+ + | | | | | | | | ++---------------+ | +------+ | +--+---+ +--+---+ | +----------------+ +|MIC virtual Bus| | |SCIF | | |SCIF | | COSM | | |MIC virtual Bus | ++---------------+ | |HW Bus| | |HW Bus| | Bus | | +----------------+ + | | +------+ | +--+---+ +------+ | | + | | | | | | | | + | +-----------+---+ | | | +---------------+ | + | |Intel MIC | | | | |Intel MIC | | + +---|Card Driver | | | | |Host Driver | | + +------------+--------+ | +----+---------------+-----+ + | | | +-------------------------------------------------------------+ | | | PCIe Bus | diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss index 582aad4811ae..09ea90931649 100755 --- a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss +++ b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss @@ -119,10 +119,10 @@ stop() # Wait for the cards to go offline for f in $sysfs/* do - while [ "`cat $f/state`" != "offline" ] + while [ "`cat $f/state`" != "ready" ] do sleep 1 - echo -e "Waiting for "`basename $f`" to go offline" + echo -e "Waiting for "`basename $f`" to become ready" done done diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.c b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.c index 3c5c379fc29d..aaeafa18d99b 100644 --- a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.c +++ b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.c @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ #include <linux/mic_common.h> #include <tools/endian.h> -static void init_mic(struct mic_info *mic); +static void *init_mic(void *arg); static FILE *logfp; static struct mic_info mic_list; @@ -116,19 +116,18 @@ static struct { .num = htole16(MIC_VRING_ENTRIES), }, #if GSO_ENABLED - .host_features = htole32( + .host_features = htole32( 1 << VIRTIO_NET_F_CSUM | 1 << VIRTIO_NET_F_GSO | 1 << VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_TSO4 | 1 << VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_TSO6 | - 1 << VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_ECN | - 1 << VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_UFO), + 1 << VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_ECN), #else .host_features = 0, #endif }; -static const char *mic_config_dir = "/etc/sysconfig/mic"; +static const char *mic_config_dir = "/etc/mpss"; static const char *virtblk_backend = "VIRTBLK_BACKEND"; static struct { struct mic_device_desc dd; @@ -192,7 +191,7 @@ tap_configure(struct mic_info *mic, char *dev) return ret; } - snprintf(ipaddr, IFNAMSIZ, "172.31.%d.254/24", mic->id); + snprintf(ipaddr, IFNAMSIZ, "172.31.%d.254/24", mic->id + 1); pid = fork(); if (pid == 0) { @@ -255,8 +254,7 @@ static int tun_alloc(struct mic_info *mic, char *dev) return err; } #if GSO_ENABLED - offload = TUN_F_CSUM | TUN_F_TSO4 | TUN_F_TSO6 | - TUN_F_TSO_ECN | TUN_F_UFO; + offload = TUN_F_CSUM | TUN_F_TSO4 | TUN_F_TSO6 | TUN_F_TSO_ECN; err = ioctl(fd, TUNSETOFFLOAD, offload); if (err < 0) { @@ -332,7 +330,6 @@ static struct mic_device_desc *get_device_desc(struct mic_info *mic, int type) return d; } mpsslog("%s %s %d not found\n", mic->name, __func__, type); - assert(0); return NULL; } @@ -415,6 +412,13 @@ mic_virtio_copy(struct mic_info *mic, int fd, return ret; } +static inline unsigned _vring_size(unsigned int num, unsigned long align) +{ + return ((sizeof(struct vring_desc) * num + sizeof(__u16) * (3 + num) + + align - 1) & ~(align - 1)) + + sizeof(__u16) * 3 + sizeof(struct vring_used_elem) * num; +} + /* * This initialization routine requires at least one * vring i.e. vr0. vr1 is optional. @@ -426,8 +430,9 @@ init_vr(struct mic_info *mic, int fd, int type, int vr_size; char *va; - vr_size = PAGE_ALIGN(vring_size(MIC_VRING_ENTRIES, - MIC_VIRTIO_RING_ALIGN) + sizeof(struct _mic_vring_info)); + vr_size = PAGE_ALIGN(_vring_size(MIC_VRING_ENTRIES, + MIC_VIRTIO_RING_ALIGN) + + sizeof(struct _mic_vring_info)); va = mmap(NULL, MIC_DEVICE_PAGE_END + vr_size * num_vq, PROT_READ, MAP_SHARED, fd, 0); if (MAP_FAILED == va) { @@ -439,25 +444,25 @@ init_vr(struct mic_info *mic, int fd, int type, set_dp(mic, type, va); vr0->va = (struct mic_vring *)&va[MIC_DEVICE_PAGE_END]; vr0->info = vr0->va + - vring_size(MIC_VRING_ENTRIES, MIC_VIRTIO_RING_ALIGN); + _vring_size(MIC_VRING_ENTRIES, MIC_VIRTIO_RING_ALIGN); vring_init(&vr0->vr, MIC_VRING_ENTRIES, vr0->va, MIC_VIRTIO_RING_ALIGN); mpsslog("%s %s vr0 %p vr0->info %p vr_size 0x%x vring 0x%x ", __func__, mic->name, vr0->va, vr0->info, vr_size, - vring_size(MIC_VRING_ENTRIES, MIC_VIRTIO_RING_ALIGN)); + _vring_size(MIC_VRING_ENTRIES, MIC_VIRTIO_RING_ALIGN)); mpsslog("magic 0x%x expected 0x%x\n", le32toh(vr0->info->magic), MIC_MAGIC + type); assert(le32toh(vr0->info->magic) == MIC_MAGIC + type); if (vr1) { vr1->va = (struct mic_vring *) &va[MIC_DEVICE_PAGE_END + vr_size]; - vr1->info = vr1->va + vring_size(MIC_VRING_ENTRIES, + vr1->info = vr1->va + _vring_size(MIC_VRING_ENTRIES, MIC_VIRTIO_RING_ALIGN); vring_init(&vr1->vr, MIC_VRING_ENTRIES, vr1->va, MIC_VIRTIO_RING_ALIGN); mpsslog("%s %s vr1 %p vr1->info %p vr_size 0x%x vring 0x%x ", __func__, mic->name, vr1->va, vr1->info, vr_size, - vring_size(MIC_VRING_ENTRIES, MIC_VIRTIO_RING_ALIGN)); + _vring_size(MIC_VRING_ENTRIES, MIC_VIRTIO_RING_ALIGN)); mpsslog("magic 0x%x expected 0x%x\n", le32toh(vr1->info->magic), MIC_MAGIC + type + 1); assert(le32toh(vr1->info->magic) == MIC_MAGIC + type + 1); @@ -466,16 +471,21 @@ done: return va; } -static void +static int wait_for_card_driver(struct mic_info *mic, int fd, int type) { struct pollfd pollfd; int err; struct mic_device_desc *desc = get_device_desc(mic, type); + __u8 prev_status; + if (!desc) + return -ENODEV; + prev_status = desc->status; pollfd.fd = fd; mpsslog("%s %s Waiting .... desc-> type %d status 0x%x\n", mic->name, __func__, type, desc->status); + while (1) { pollfd.events = POLLIN; pollfd.revents = 0; @@ -487,8 +497,13 @@ wait_for_card_driver(struct mic_info *mic, int fd, int type) } if (pollfd.revents) { - mpsslog("%s %s Waiting... desc-> type %d status 0x%x\n", - mic->name, __func__, type, desc->status); + if (desc->status != prev_status) { + mpsslog("%s %s Waiting... desc-> type %d " + "status 0x%x\n", + mic->name, __func__, type, + desc->status); + prev_status = desc->status; + } if (desc->status & VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_DRIVER_OK) { mpsslog("%s %s poll.revents %d\n", mic->name, __func__, pollfd.revents); @@ -499,6 +514,7 @@ wait_for_card_driver(struct mic_info *mic, int fd, int type) } } } + return 0; } /* Spin till we have some descriptors */ @@ -575,9 +591,16 @@ virtio_net(void *arg) __func__, strerror(errno)); continue; } - if (!(desc->status & VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_DRIVER_OK)) - wait_for_card_driver(mic, mic->mic_net.virtio_net_fd, - VIRTIO_ID_NET); + if (!(desc->status & VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_DRIVER_OK)) { + err = wait_for_card_driver(mic, + mic->mic_net.virtio_net_fd, + VIRTIO_ID_NET); + if (err) { + mpsslog("%s %s %d Exiting...\n", + mic->name, __func__, __LINE__); + break; + } + } /* * Check if there is data to be read from TUN and write to * virtio net fd if there is. @@ -786,10 +809,16 @@ virtio_console(void *arg) strerror(errno)); continue; } - if (!(desc->status & VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_DRIVER_OK)) - wait_for_card_driver(mic, - mic->mic_console.virtio_console_fd, - VIRTIO_ID_CONSOLE); + if (!(desc->status & VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_DRIVER_OK)) { + err = wait_for_card_driver(mic, + mic->mic_console.virtio_console_fd, + VIRTIO_ID_CONSOLE); + if (err) { + mpsslog("%s %s %d Exiting...\n", + mic->name, __func__, __LINE__); + break; + } + } if (console_poll[MONITOR_FD].revents & POLLIN) { copy.iov = iov0; @@ -1048,8 +1077,9 @@ stop_virtblk(struct mic_info *mic) { int vr_size, ret; - vr_size = PAGE_ALIGN(vring_size(MIC_VRING_ENTRIES, - MIC_VIRTIO_RING_ALIGN) + sizeof(struct _mic_vring_info)); + vr_size = PAGE_ALIGN(_vring_size(MIC_VRING_ENTRIES, + MIC_VIRTIO_RING_ALIGN) + + sizeof(struct _mic_vring_info)); ret = munmap(mic->mic_virtblk.block_dp, MIC_DEVICE_PAGE_END + vr_size * virtblk_dev_page.dd.num_vq); if (ret < 0) @@ -1131,6 +1161,10 @@ write_status(int fd, __u8 *status) return ioctl(fd, MIC_VIRTIO_COPY_DESC, ©); } +#ifndef VIRTIO_BLK_T_GET_ID +#define VIRTIO_BLK_T_GET_ID 8 +#endif + static void * virtio_block(void *arg) { @@ -1297,12 +1331,7 @@ reset(struct mic_info *mic) mpsslog("%s: %s %d state %s\n", mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, state); - /* - * If the shutdown was initiated by OSPM, the state stays - * in "suspended" which is also a valid condition for reset. - */ - if ((!strcmp(state, "offline")) || - (!strcmp(state, "suspended"))) { + if (!strcmp(state, "ready")) { free(state); break; } @@ -1331,34 +1360,50 @@ get_mic_shutdown_status(struct mic_info *mic, char *shutdown_status) assert(0); }; -static int get_mic_state(struct mic_info *mic, char *state) +static int get_mic_state(struct mic_info *mic) { - if (!strcmp(state, "offline")) - return MIC_OFFLINE; - if (!strcmp(state, "online")) - return MIC_ONLINE; - if (!strcmp(state, "shutting_down")) - return MIC_SHUTTING_DOWN; - if (!strcmp(state, "reset_failed")) - return MIC_RESET_FAILED; - if (!strcmp(state, "suspending")) - return MIC_SUSPENDING; - if (!strcmp(state, "suspended")) - return MIC_SUSPENDED; - mpsslog("%s: BUG invalid state %s\n", mic->name, state); - /* Invalid state */ - assert(0); + char *state = NULL; + enum mic_states mic_state; + + while (!state) { + state = readsysfs(mic->name, "state"); + sleep(1); + } + mpsslog("%s: %s %d state %s\n", + mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, state); + + if (!strcmp(state, "ready")) { + mic_state = MIC_READY; + } else if (!strcmp(state, "booting")) { + mic_state = MIC_BOOTING; + } else if (!strcmp(state, "online")) { + mic_state = MIC_ONLINE; + } else if (!strcmp(state, "shutting_down")) { + mic_state = MIC_SHUTTING_DOWN; + } else if (!strcmp(state, "reset_failed")) { + mic_state = MIC_RESET_FAILED; + } else if (!strcmp(state, "resetting")) { + mic_state = MIC_RESETTING; + } else { + mpsslog("%s: BUG invalid state %s\n", mic->name, state); + assert(0); + } + + free(state); + return mic_state; }; static void mic_handle_shutdown(struct mic_info *mic) { #define SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT 60 - int i = SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT, ret, stat = 0; + int i = SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT; char *shutdown_status; while (i) { shutdown_status = readsysfs(mic->name, "shutdown_status"); - if (!shutdown_status) + if (!shutdown_status) { + sleep(1); continue; + } mpsslog("%s: %s %d shutdown_status %s\n", mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, shutdown_status); switch (get_mic_shutdown_status(mic, shutdown_status)) { @@ -1377,94 +1422,110 @@ static void mic_handle_shutdown(struct mic_info *mic) i--; } reset: - ret = kill(mic->pid, SIGTERM); - mpsslog("%s: %s %d kill pid %d ret %d\n", - mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, - mic->pid, ret); - if (!ret) { - ret = waitpid(mic->pid, &stat, - WIFSIGNALED(stat)); - mpsslog("%s: %s %d waitpid ret %d pid %d\n", - mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, - ret, mic->pid); - } - if (ret == mic->pid) - reset(mic); + if (!i) + mpsslog("%s: %s %d timing out waiting for shutdown_status %s\n", + mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, shutdown_status); + reset(mic); } -static void * -mic_config(void *arg) +static int open_state_fd(struct mic_info *mic) { - struct mic_info *mic = (struct mic_info *)arg; - char *state = NULL; char pathname[PATH_MAX]; - int fd, ret; - struct pollfd ufds[1]; - char value[4096]; + int fd; snprintf(pathname, PATH_MAX - 1, "%s/%s/%s", MICSYSFSDIR, mic->name, "state"); fd = open(pathname, O_RDONLY); - if (fd < 0) { + if (fd < 0) mpsslog("%s: opening file %s failed %s\n", mic->name, pathname, strerror(errno)); - goto error; + return fd; +} + +static int block_till_state_change(int fd, struct mic_info *mic) +{ + struct pollfd ufds[1]; + char value[PAGE_SIZE]; + int ret; + + ufds[0].fd = fd; + ufds[0].events = POLLERR | POLLPRI; + ret = poll(ufds, 1, -1); + if (ret < 0) { + mpsslog("%s: %s %d poll failed %s\n", + mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, strerror(errno)); + return ret; + } + + ret = lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET); + if (ret < 0) { + mpsslog("%s: %s %d Failed to seek to 0: %s\n", + mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, strerror(errno)); + return ret; + } + + ret = read(fd, value, sizeof(value)); + if (ret < 0) { + mpsslog("%s: %s %d Failed to read sysfs entry: %s\n", + mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, strerror(errno)); + return ret; + } + + return 0; +} + +static void * +mic_config(void *arg) +{ + struct mic_info *mic = (struct mic_info *)arg; + int fd, ret, stat = 0; + + fd = open_state_fd(mic); + if (fd < 0) { + mpsslog("%s: %s %d open state fd failed %s\n", + mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, strerror(errno)); + goto exit; } do { - ret = lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET); + ret = block_till_state_change(fd, mic); if (ret < 0) { - mpsslog("%s: Failed to seek to file start '%s': %s\n", - mic->name, pathname, strerror(errno)); - goto close_error1; + mpsslog("%s: %s %d block_till_state_change error %s\n", + mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, strerror(errno)); + goto close_exit; } - ret = read(fd, value, sizeof(value)); - if (ret < 0) { - mpsslog("%s: Failed to read sysfs entry '%s': %s\n", - mic->name, pathname, strerror(errno)); - goto close_error1; - } -retry: - state = readsysfs(mic->name, "state"); - if (!state) - goto retry; - mpsslog("%s: %s %d state %s\n", - mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, state); - switch (get_mic_state(mic, state)) { + + switch (get_mic_state(mic)) { case MIC_SHUTTING_DOWN: mic_handle_shutdown(mic); - goto close_error; - case MIC_SUSPENDING: - mic->boot_on_resume = 1; - setsysfs(mic->name, "state", "suspend"); - mic_handle_shutdown(mic); - goto close_error; - case MIC_OFFLINE: + break; + case MIC_READY: + case MIC_RESET_FAILED: + ret = kill(mic->pid, SIGTERM); + mpsslog("%s: %s %d kill pid %d ret %d\n", + mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, + mic->pid, ret); + if (!ret) { + ret = waitpid(mic->pid, &stat, + WIFSIGNALED(stat)); + mpsslog("%s: %s %d waitpid ret %d pid %d\n", + mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, + ret, mic->pid); + } if (mic->boot_on_resume) { setsysfs(mic->name, "state", "boot"); mic->boot_on_resume = 0; } - break; + goto close_exit; default: break; } - free(state); - - ufds[0].fd = fd; - ufds[0].events = POLLERR | POLLPRI; - ret = poll(ufds, 1, -1); - if (ret < 0) { - mpsslog("%s: poll failed %s\n", - mic->name, strerror(errno)); - goto close_error1; - } } while (1); -close_error: - free(state); -close_error1: + +close_exit: close(fd); -error: +exit: init_mic(mic); pthread_exit(NULL); } @@ -1477,15 +1538,15 @@ set_cmdline(struct mic_info *mic) len = snprintf(buffer, PATH_MAX, "clocksource=tsc highres=off nohz=off "); - len += snprintf(buffer + len, PATH_MAX - len, + len += snprintf(buffer + len, PATH_MAX, "cpufreq_on;corec6_off;pc3_off;pc6_off "); - len += snprintf(buffer + len, PATH_MAX - len, + len += snprintf(buffer + len, PATH_MAX, "ifcfg=static;address,172.31.%d.1;netmask,255.255.255.0", - mic->id); + mic->id + 1); setsysfs(mic->name, "cmdline", buffer); mpsslog("%s: Command line: \"%s\"\n", mic->name, buffer); - snprintf(buffer, PATH_MAX, "172.31.%d.1", mic->id); + snprintf(buffer, PATH_MAX, "172.31.%d.1", mic->id + 1); mpsslog("%s: IPADDR: \"%s\"\n", mic->name, buffer); } @@ -1541,8 +1602,6 @@ set_log_buf_info(struct mic_info *mic) close(fd); } -static void init_mic(struct mic_info *mic); - static void change_virtblk_backend(int x, siginfo_t *siginfo, void *p) { @@ -1553,8 +1612,16 @@ change_virtblk_backend(int x, siginfo_t *siginfo, void *p) } static void -init_mic(struct mic_info *mic) +set_mic_boot_params(struct mic_info *mic) +{ + set_log_buf_info(mic); + set_cmdline(mic); +} + +static void * +init_mic(void *arg) { + struct mic_info *mic = (struct mic_info *)arg; struct sigaction ignore = { .sa_flags = 0, .sa_handler = SIG_IGN @@ -1564,7 +1631,7 @@ init_mic(struct mic_info *mic) .sa_sigaction = change_virtblk_backend, }; char buffer[PATH_MAX]; - int err; + int err, fd; /* * Currently, one virtio block device is supported for each MIC card @@ -1577,12 +1644,38 @@ init_mic(struct mic_info *mic) * the MIC daemon. */ sigaction(SIGUSR1, &ignore, NULL); +retry: + fd = open_state_fd(mic); + if (fd < 0) { + mpsslog("%s: %s %d open state fd failed %s\n", + mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, strerror(errno)); + sleep(2); + goto retry; + } + + if (mic->restart) { + snprintf(buffer, PATH_MAX, "boot"); + setsysfs(mic->name, "state", buffer); + mpsslog("%s restarting mic %d\n", + mic->name, mic->restart); + mic->restart = 0; + } + + while (1) { + while (block_till_state_change(fd, mic)) { + mpsslog("%s: %s %d block_till_state_change error %s\n", + mic->name, __func__, __LINE__, strerror(errno)); + sleep(2); + continue; + } + + if (get_mic_state(mic) == MIC_BOOTING) + break; + } mic->pid = fork(); switch (mic->pid) { case 0: - set_log_buf_info(mic); - set_cmdline(mic); add_virtio_device(mic, &virtcons_dev_page.dd); add_virtio_device(mic, &virtnet_dev_page.dd); err = pthread_create(&mic->mic_console.console_thread, NULL, @@ -1612,24 +1705,29 @@ init_mic(struct mic_info *mic) mic->name, mic->id, errno); break; default: - if (mic->restart) { - snprintf(buffer, PATH_MAX, "boot"); - setsysfs(mic->name, "state", buffer); - mpsslog("%s restarting mic %d\n", - mic->name, mic->restart); - mic->restart = 0; - } - pthread_create(&mic->config_thread, NULL, mic_config, mic); + err = pthread_create(&mic->config_thread, NULL, + mic_config, mic); + if (err) + mpsslog("%s mic_config pthread_create failed %s\n", + mic->name, strerror(err)); } + + return NULL; } static void start_daemon(void) { struct mic_info *mic; + int err; - for (mic = mic_list.next; mic != NULL; mic = mic->next) - init_mic(mic); + for (mic = mic_list.next; mic; mic = mic->next) { + set_mic_boot_params(mic); + err = pthread_create(&mic->init_thread, NULL, init_mic, mic); + if (err) + mpsslog("%s init_mic pthread_create failed %s\n", + mic->name, strerror(err)); + } while (1) sleep(60); diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.h b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.h index f5f18b15d9a0..8bd64944aacc 100644 --- a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.h +++ b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.h @@ -86,6 +86,7 @@ struct mic_info { int id; char *name; pthread_t config_thread; + pthread_t init_thread; pid_t pid; struct mic_console_info mic_console; struct mic_net_info mic_net; diff --git a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt index 189bab09255a..caa555706f89 100644 --- a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt +++ b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt @@ -72,13 +72,3 @@ Note on raw_rpmb_size_mult: "raw_rpmb_size_mult" is a mutliple of 128kB block. RPMB size in byte is calculated by using the following equation: RPMB partition size = 128kB x raw_rpmb_size_mult - -SD/MMC/SDIO Clock Gating Attribute -================================== - -Read and write access is provided to following attribute. -This attribute appears only if CONFIG_MMC_CLKGATE is enabled. - - clkgate_delay Tune the clock gating delay with desired value in milliseconds. - -echo <desired delay> > /sys/class/mmc_host/mmcX/clkgate_delay diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt b/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt index 1700756af057..aa69ccc481db 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt @@ -7,11 +7,11 @@ Introduction The IEEE 802.15.4 working group focuses on standardization of bottom two layers: Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY). And there are mainly two options available for upper layers: - - ZigBee - proprietary protocol from ZigBee Alliance - - 6LowPAN - IPv6 networking over low rate personal area networks + - ZigBee - proprietary protocol from the ZigBee Alliance + - 6LoWPAN - IPv6 networking over low rate personal area networks -The Linux-ZigBee project goal is to provide complete implementation -of IEEE 802.15.4 and 6LoWPAN protocols. IEEE 802.15.4 is a stack +The linux-wpan project goal is to provide a complete implementation +of the IEEE 802.15.4 and 6LoWPAN protocols. IEEE 802.15.4 is a stack of protocols for organizing Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks. The stack is composed of three main parts: diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt index ebe94f2cab98..05915be86235 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt @@ -384,6 +384,14 @@ tcp_mem - vector of 3 INTEGERs: min, pressure, max Defaults are calculated at boot time from amount of available memory. +tcp_min_rtt_wlen - INTEGER + The window length of the windowed min filter to track the minimum RTT. + A shorter window lets a flow more quickly pick up new (higher) + minimum RTT when it is moved to a longer path (e.g., due to traffic + engineering). A longer window makes the filter more resistant to RTT + inflations such as transient congestion. The unit is seconds. + Default: 300 + tcp_moderate_rcvbuf - BOOLEAN If set, TCP performs receive buffer auto-tuning, attempting to automatically size the buffer (no greater than tcp_rmem[2]) to @@ -425,6 +433,15 @@ tcp_orphan_retries - INTEGER you should think about lowering this value, such sockets may consume significant resources. Cf. tcp_max_orphans. +tcp_recovery - INTEGER + This value is a bitmap to enable various experimental loss recovery + features. + + RACK: 0x1 enables the RACK loss detection for fast detection of lost + retransmissions and tail drops. + + Default: 0x1 + tcp_reordering - INTEGER Initial reordering level of packets in a TCP stream. TCP stack can then dynamically adjust flow reordering level @@ -1199,7 +1216,8 @@ tag - INTEGER xfrm4_gc_thresh - INTEGER The threshold at which we will start garbage collecting for IPv4 destination cache entries. At twice this value the system will - refuse new allocations. + refuse new allocations. The value must be set below the flowcache + limit (4096 * number of online cpus) to take effect. igmp_link_local_mcast_reports - BOOLEAN Enable IGMP reports for link local multicast groups in the @@ -1645,7 +1663,8 @@ ratelimit - INTEGER xfrm6_gc_thresh - INTEGER The threshold at which we will start garbage collecting for IPv6 destination cache entries. At twice this value the system will - refuse new allocations. + refuse new allocations. The value must be set below the flowcache + limit (4096 * number of online cpus) to take effect. IPv6 Update by: diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ipvs-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ipvs-sysctl.txt index 3ba709531adb..e6b1c025fdd8 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ipvs-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ipvs-sysctl.txt @@ -157,6 +157,16 @@ expire_quiescent_template - BOOLEAN persistence template if it is to be used to schedule a new connection and the destination server is quiescent. +ignore_tunneled - BOOLEAN + 0 - disabled (default) + not 0 - enabled + + If set, ipvs will set the ipvs_property on all packets which are of + unrecognized protocols. This prevents us from routing tunneled + protocols like ipip, which is useful to prevent rescheduling + packets that have been tunneled to the ipvs host (i.e. to prevent + ipvs routing loops when ipvs is also acting as a real server). + nat_icmp_send - BOOLEAN 0 - disabled (default) not 0 - enabled diff --git a/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt b/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt index c74434de2fa5..4650a00ed012 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt @@ -213,15 +213,12 @@ To create an L2TPv3 ethernet pseudowire between local host 192.168.1.1 and peer 192.168.1.2, using IP addresses 10.5.1.1 and 10.5.1.2 for the tunnel endpoints:- -# modprobe l2tp_eth -# modprobe l2tp_netlink - # ip l2tp add tunnel tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 udp_sport 5000 \ udp_dport 5000 encap udp local 192.168.1.1 remote 192.168.1.2 # ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 session_id 1 peer_session_id 1 -# ifconfig -a +# ip -s -d show dev l2tpeth0 # ip addr add 10.5.1.2/32 peer 10.5.1.1/32 dev l2tpeth0 -# ifconfig l2tpeth0 up +# ip li set dev l2tpeth0 up Choose IP addresses to be the address of a local IP interface and that of the remote system. The IP addresses of the l2tpeth0 interface can be diff --git a/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt b/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt index 476df0496686..91994134efca 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Switch ID ^^^^^^^^^ The switchdev driver must implement the switchdev op switchdev_port_attr_get -for SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID for each port netdev, returning the same +for SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID for each port netdev, returning the same physical ID for each port of a switch. The ID must be unique between switches on the same system. The ID does not need to be unique between switches on different systems. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ entries are installed, for example, using iproute2 bridge cmd: bridge fdb add ADDR dev DEV [vlan VID] [self] The driver should use the helper switchdev_port_fdb_xxx ops for ndo_fdb_xxx -ops, and handle add/delete/dump of SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB object using +ops, and handle add/delete/dump of SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_FDB object using switchdev_port_obj_xxx ops. XXX: what should be done if offloading this rule to hardware fails (for @@ -233,26 +233,27 @@ the bridge's FDB. It's possible, but not optimal, to enable learning on the device port and on the bridge port, and disable learning_sync. To support learning and learning_sync port attributes, the driver implements -switchdev op switchdev_port_attr_get/set for SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS. -The driver should initialize the attributes to the hardware defaults. +switchdev op switchdev_port_attr_get/set for +SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_ID_BRIDGE_FLAGS. The driver should initialize the attributes +to the hardware defaults. FDB Ageing ^^^^^^^^^^ -There are two FDB ageing models supported: 1) ageing by the device, and 2) -ageing by the kernel. Ageing by the device is preferred if many FDB entries -are supported. The driver calls call_switchdev_notifiers(SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL, -...) to age out the FDB entry. In this model, ageing by the kernel should be -turned off. XXX: how to turn off ageing in kernel on a per-port basis or -otherwise prevent the kernel from ageing out the FDB entry? - -In the kernel ageing model, the standard bridge ageing mechanism is used to age -out stale FDB entries. To keep an FDB entry "alive", the driver should refresh -the FDB entry by calling call_switchdev_notifiers(SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD, ...). The +The bridge will skip ageing FDB entries marked with NTF_EXT_LEARNED and it is +the responsibility of the port driver/device to age out these entries. If the +port device supports ageing, when the FDB entry expires, it will notify the +driver which in turn will notify the bridge with SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL. If the +device does not support ageing, the driver can simulate ageing using a +garbage collection timer to monitor FBD entries. Expired entries will be +notified to the bridge using SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL. See rocker driver for +example of driver running ageing timer. + +To keep an NTF_EXT_LEARNED entry "alive", the driver should refresh the FDB +entry by calling call_switchdev_notifiers(SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD, ...). The notification will reset the FDB entry's last-used time to now. The driver should rate limit refresh notifications, for example, no more than once a -second. If the FDB entry expires, fdb_delete is called to remove entry from -the device. +second. (The last-used time is visible using the bridge -s fdb option). STP State Change on Port ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ @@ -260,7 +261,7 @@ STP State Change on Port Internally or with a third-party STP protocol implementation (e.g. mstpd), the bridge driver maintains the STP state for ports, and will notify the switch driver of STP state change on a port using the switchdev op -switchdev_attr_port_set for SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_STP_UPDATE. +switchdev_attr_port_set for SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_ID_STP_UPDATE. State is one of BR_STATE_*. The switch driver can use STP state updates to update ingress packet filter list for the port. For example, if port is @@ -277,8 +278,8 @@ Flooding L2 domain For a given L2 VLAN domain, the switch device should flood multicast/broadcast and unknown unicast packets to all ports in domain, if allowed by port's current STP state. The switch driver, knowing which ports are within which -vlan L2 domain, can program the switch device for flooding. The packet should -also be sent to the port netdev for processing by the bridge driver. The +vlan L2 domain, can program the switch device for flooding. The packet may +be sent to the port netdev for processing by the bridge driver. The bridge should not reflood the packet to the same ports the device flooded, otherwise there will be duplicate packets on the wire. @@ -297,6 +298,9 @@ packets up to the bridge driver for flooding. This is not ideal as the number of ports scale in the L2 domain as the device is much more efficient at flooding packets that software. +If supported by the device, flood control can be offloaded to it, preventing +certain netdevs from flooding unicast traffic for which there is no FDB entry. + IGMP Snooping ^^^^^^^^^^^^^ @@ -316,9 +320,9 @@ SWITCHDEV_OBJ_IPV[4|6]_FIB object using switchdev_port_obj_xxx ops. switchdev_port_obj_add is used for both adding a new FIB entry to the device, or modifying an existing entry on the device. -XXX: Currently, only SWITCHDEV_OBJ_IPV4_FIB objects are supported. +XXX: Currently, only SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_IPV4_FIB objects are supported. -SWITCHDEV_OBJ_IPV4_FIB object passes: +SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_IPV4_FIB object passes: struct switchdev_obj_ipv4_fib { /* IPV4_FIB */ u32 dst; @@ -369,3 +373,22 @@ The driver can monitor for updates to arp_tbl using the netevent notifier NETEVENT_NEIGH_UPDATE. The device can be programmed with resolved nexthops for the routes as arp_tbl updates. The driver implements ndo_neigh_destroy to know when arp_tbl neighbor entries are purged from the port. + +Transaction item queue +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +For switchdev ops attr_set and obj_add, there is a 2 phase transaction model +used. First phase is to "prepare" anything needed, including various checks, +memory allocation, etc. The goal is to handle the stuff that is not unlikely +to fail here. The second phase is to "commit" the actual changes. + +Switchdev provides an inftrastructure for sharing items (for example memory +allocations) between the two phases. + +The object created by a driver in "prepare" phase and it is queued up by: +switchdev_trans_item_enqueue() +During the "commit" phase, the driver gets the object by: +switchdev_trans_item_dequeue() + +If a transaction is aborted during "prepare" phase, switchdev code will handle +cleanup of the queued-up objects. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/vrf.txt b/Documentation/networking/vrf.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d52aa10cfe91 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/vrf.txt @@ -0,0 +1,393 @@ +Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) +==================================== +The VRF device combined with ip rules provides the ability to create virtual +routing and forwarding domains (aka VRFs, VRF-lite to be specific) in the +Linux network stack. One use case is the multi-tenancy problem where each +tenant has their own unique routing tables and in the very least need +different default gateways. + +Processes can be "VRF aware" by binding a socket to the VRF device. Packets +through the socket then use the routing table associated with the VRF +device. An important feature of the VRF device implementation is that it +impacts only Layer 3 and above so L2 tools (e.g., LLDP) are not affected +(ie., they do not need to be run in each VRF). The design also allows +the use of higher priority ip rules (Policy Based Routing, PBR) to take +precedence over the VRF device rules directing specific traffic as desired. + +In addition, VRF devices allow VRFs to be nested within namespaces. For +example network namespaces provide separation of network interfaces at L1 +(Layer 1 separation), VLANs on the interfaces within a namespace provide +L2 separation and then VRF devices provide L3 separation. + +Design +------ +A VRF device is created with an associated route table. Network interfaces +are then enslaved to a VRF device: + + +-----------------------------+ + | vrf-blue | ===> route table 10 + +-----------------------------+ + | | | + +------+ +------+ +-------------+ + | eth1 | | eth2 | ... | bond1 | + +------+ +------+ +-------------+ + | | + +------+ +------+ + | eth8 | | eth9 | + +------+ +------+ + +Packets received on an enslaved device and are switched to the VRF device +using an rx_handler which gives the impression that packets flow through +the VRF device. Similarly on egress routing rules are used to send packets +to the VRF device driver before getting sent out the actual interface. This +allows tcpdump on a VRF device to capture all packets into and out of the +VRF as a whole.[1] Similiarly, netfilter [2] and tc rules can be applied +using the VRF device to specify rules that apply to the VRF domain as a whole. + +[1] Packets in the forwarded state do not flow through the device, so those + packets are not seen by tcpdump. Will revisit this limitation in a + future release. + +[2] Iptables on ingress is limited to NF_INET_PRE_ROUTING only with skb->dev + set to real ingress device and egress is limited to NF_INET_POST_ROUTING. + Will revisit this limitation in a future release. + + +Setup +----- +1. VRF device is created with an association to a FIB table. + e.g, ip link add vrf-blue type vrf table 10 + ip link set dev vrf-blue up + +2. Rules are added that send lookups to the associated FIB table when the + iif or oif is the VRF device. e.g., + ip ru add oif vrf-blue table 10 + ip ru add iif vrf-blue table 10 + + Set the default route for the table (and hence default route for the VRF). + e.g, ip route add table 10 prohibit default + +3. Enslave L3 interfaces to a VRF device. + e.g, ip link set dev eth1 master vrf-blue + + Local and connected routes for enslaved devices are automatically moved to + the table associated with VRF device. Any additional routes depending on + the enslaved device will need to be reinserted following the enslavement. + +4. Additional VRF routes are added to associated table. + e.g., ip route add table 10 ... + + +Applications +------------ +Applications that are to work within a VRF need to bind their socket to the +VRF device: + + setsockopt(sd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_BINDTODEVICE, dev, strlen(dev)+1); + +or to specify the output device using cmsg and IP_PKTINFO. + + +Limitations +----------- +Index of original ingress interface is not available via cmsg. Will address +soon. + +################################################################################ + +Using iproute2 for VRFs +======================= +VRF devices do *not* have to start with 'vrf-'. That is a convention used here +for emphasis of the device type, similar to use of 'br' in bridge names. + +1. Create a VRF + + To instantiate a VRF device and associate it with a table: + $ ip link add dev NAME type vrf table ID + + Remember to add the ip rules as well: + $ ip ru add oif NAME table 10 + $ ip ru add iif NAME table 10 + $ ip -6 ru add oif NAME table 10 + $ ip -6 ru add iif NAME table 10 + + Without the rules route lookups are not directed to the table. + + For example: + $ ip link add dev vrf-blue type vrf table 10 + $ ip ru add pref 200 oif vrf-blue table 10 + $ ip ru add pref 200 iif vrf-blue table 10 + $ ip -6 ru add pref 200 oif vrf-blue table 10 + $ ip -6 ru add pref 200 iif vrf-blue table 10 + + +2. List VRFs + + To list VRFs that have been created: + $ ip [-d] link show type vrf + NOTE: The -d option is needed to show the table id + + For example: + $ ip -d link show type vrf + 11: vrf-mgmt: <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 + link/ether 72:b3:ba:91:e2:24 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 + vrf table 1 addrgenmode eui64 + 12: vrf-red: <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 + link/ether b6:6f:6e:f6:da:73 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 + vrf table 10 addrgenmode eui64 + 13: vrf-blue: <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 + link/ether 36:62:e8:7d:bb:8c brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 + vrf table 66 addrgenmode eui64 + 14: vrf-green: <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 + link/ether e6:28:b8:63:70:bb brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 + vrf table 81 addrgenmode eui64 + + + Or in brief output: + + $ ip -br link show type vrf + vrf-mgmt UP 72:b3:ba:91:e2:24 <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> + vrf-red UP b6:6f:6e:f6:da:73 <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> + vrf-blue UP 36:62:e8:7d:bb:8c <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> + vrf-green UP e6:28:b8:63:70:bb <NOARP,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> + + +3. Assign a Network Interface to a VRF + + Network interfaces are assigned to a VRF by enslaving the netdevice to a + VRF device: + $ ip link set dev NAME master VRF-NAME + + On enslavement connected and local routes are automatically moved to the + table associated with the VRF device. + + For example: + $ ip link set dev eth0 master vrf-mgmt + + +4. Show Devices Assigned to a VRF + + To show devices that have been assigned to a specific VRF add the master + option to the ip command: + $ ip link show master VRF-NAME + + For example: + $ ip link show master vrf-red + 3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast master vrf-red state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 + link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:02 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff + 4: eth2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast master vrf-red state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 + link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:03 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff + 7: eth5: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop master vrf-red state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 + link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:06 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff + + + Or using the brief output: + $ ip -br link show master vrf-red + eth1 UP 02:00:00:00:02:02 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> + eth2 UP 02:00:00:00:02:03 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> + eth5 DOWN 02:00:00:00:02:06 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> + + +5. Show Neighbor Entries for a VRF + + To list neighbor entries associated with devices enslaved to a VRF device + add the master option to the ip command: + $ ip [-6] neigh show master VRF-NAME + + For example: + $ ip neigh show master vrf-red + 10.2.1.254 dev eth1 lladdr a6:d9:c7:4f:06:23 REACHABLE + 10.2.2.254 dev eth2 lladdr 5e:54:01:6a:ee:80 REACHABLE + + $ ip -6 neigh show master vrf-red + 2002:1::64 dev eth1 lladdr a6:d9:c7:4f:06:23 REACHABLE + + +6. Show Addresses for a VRF + + To show addresses for interfaces associated with a VRF add the master + option to the ip command: + $ ip addr show master VRF-NAME + + For example: + $ ip addr show master vrf-red + 3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast master vrf-red state UP group default qlen 1000 + link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:02 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff + inet 10.2.1.2/24 brd 10.2.1.255 scope global eth1 + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + inet6 2002:1::2/120 scope global + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + inet6 fe80::ff:fe00:202/64 scope link + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + 4: eth2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast master vrf-red state UP group default qlen 1000 + link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:03 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff + inet 10.2.2.2/24 brd 10.2.2.255 scope global eth2 + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + inet6 2002:2::2/120 scope global + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + inet6 fe80::ff:fe00:203/64 scope link + valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever + 7: eth5: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop master vrf-red state DOWN group default qlen 1000 + link/ether 02:00:00:00:02:06 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff + + Or in brief format: + $ ip -br addr show master vrf-red + eth1 UP 10.2.1.2/24 2002:1::2/120 fe80::ff:fe00:202/64 + eth2 UP 10.2.2.2/24 2002:2::2/120 fe80::ff:fe00:203/64 + eth5 DOWN + + +7. Show Routes for a VRF + + To show routes for a VRF use the ip command to display the table associated + with the VRF device: + $ ip [-6] route show table ID + + For example: + $ ip route show table vrf-red + prohibit default + broadcast 10.2.1.0 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.1.2 + 10.2.1.0/24 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.1.2 + local 10.2.1.2 dev eth1 proto kernel scope host src 10.2.1.2 + broadcast 10.2.1.255 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.1.2 + broadcast 10.2.2.0 dev eth2 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.2.2 + 10.2.2.0/24 dev eth2 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.2.2 + local 10.2.2.2 dev eth2 proto kernel scope host src 10.2.2.2 + broadcast 10.2.2.255 dev eth2 proto kernel scope link src 10.2.2.2 + + $ ip -6 route show table vrf-red + local 2002:1:: dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium + local 2002:1::2 dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium + 2002:1::/120 dev eth1 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium + local 2002:2:: dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium + local 2002:2::2 dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium + 2002:2::/120 dev eth2 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium + local fe80:: dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium + local fe80:: dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium + local fe80::ff:fe00:202 dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium + local fe80::ff:fe00:203 dev lo proto none metric 0 pref medium + fe80::/64 dev eth1 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium + fe80::/64 dev eth2 proto kernel metric 256 pref medium + ff00::/8 dev vrf-red metric 256 pref medium + ff00::/8 dev eth1 metric 256 pref medium + ff00::/8 dev eth2 metric 256 pref medium + + +8. Route Lookup for a VRF + + A test route lookup can be done for a VRF by adding the oif option to ip: + $ ip [-6] route get oif VRF-NAME ADDRESS + + For example: + $ ip route get 10.2.1.40 oif vrf-red + 10.2.1.40 dev eth1 table vrf-red src 10.2.1.2 + cache + + $ ip -6 route get 2002:1::32 oif vrf-red + 2002:1::32 from :: dev eth1 table vrf-red proto kernel src 2002:1::2 metric 256 pref medium + + +9. Removing Network Interface from a VRF + + Network interfaces are removed from a VRF by breaking the enslavement to + the VRF device: + $ ip link set dev NAME nomaster + + Connected routes are moved back to the default table and local entries are + moved to the local table. + + For example: + $ ip link set dev eth0 nomaster + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Commands used in this example: + +cat >> /etc/iproute2/rt_tables <<EOF +1 vrf-mgmt +10 vrf-red +66 vrf-blue +81 vrf-green +EOF + +function vrf_create +{ + VRF=$1 + TBID=$2 + # create VRF device + ip link add vrf-${VRF} type vrf table ${TBID} + + # add rules that direct lookups to vrf table + ip ru add pref 200 oif vrf-${VRF} table ${TBID} + ip ru add pref 200 iif vrf-${VRF} table ${TBID} + ip -6 ru add pref 200 oif vrf-${VRF} table ${TBID} + ip -6 ru add pref 200 iif vrf-${VRF} table ${TBID} + + if [ "${VRF}" != "mgmt" ]; then + ip route add table ${TBID} prohibit default + fi + ip link set dev vrf-${VRF} up + ip link set dev vrf-${VRF} state up +} + +vrf_create mgmt 1 +ip link set dev eth0 master vrf-mgmt + +vrf_create red 10 +ip link set dev eth1 master vrf-red +ip link set dev eth2 master vrf-red +ip link set dev eth5 master vrf-red + +vrf_create blue 66 +ip link set dev eth3 master vrf-blue + +vrf_create green 81 +ip link set dev eth4 master vrf-green + + +Interface addresses from /etc/network/interfaces: +auto eth0 +iface eth0 inet static + address 10.0.0.2 + netmask 255.255.255.0 + gateway 10.0.0.254 + +iface eth0 inet6 static + address 2000:1::2 + netmask 120 + +auto eth1 +iface eth1 inet static + address 10.2.1.2 + netmask 255.255.255.0 + +iface eth1 inet6 static + address 2002:1::2 + netmask 120 + +auto eth2 +iface eth2 inet static + address 10.2.2.2 + netmask 255.255.255.0 + +iface eth2 inet6 static + address 2002:2::2 + netmask 120 + +auto eth3 +iface eth3 inet static + address 10.2.3.2 + netmask 255.255.255.0 + +iface eth3 inet6 static + address 2002:3::2 + netmask 120 + +auto eth4 +iface eth4 inet static + address 10.2.4.2 + netmask 255.255.255.0 + +iface eth4 inet6 static + address 2002:4::2 + netmask 120 diff --git a/Documentation/power/pci.txt b/Documentation/power/pci.txt index 62328d76b55b..b0e911e0e8f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/pci.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/pci.txt @@ -979,20 +979,45 @@ every time right after the runtime_resume() callback has returned (alternatively, the runtime_suspend() callback will have to check if the device should really be suspended and return -EAGAIN if that is not the case). -The runtime PM of PCI devices is disabled by default. It is also blocked by -pci_pm_init() that runs the pm_runtime_forbid() helper function. If a PCI -driver implements the runtime PM callbacks and intends to use the runtime PM -framework provided by the PM core and the PCI subsystem, it should enable this -feature by executing the pm_runtime_enable() helper function. However, the -driver should not call the pm_runtime_allow() helper function unblocking -the runtime PM of the device. Instead, it should allow user space or some -platform-specific code to do that (user space can do it via sysfs), although -once it has called pm_runtime_enable(), it must be prepared to handle the +The runtime PM of PCI devices is enabled by default by the PCI core. PCI +device drivers do not need to enable it and should not attempt to do so. +However, it is blocked by pci_pm_init() that runs the pm_runtime_forbid() +helper function. In addition to that, the runtime PM usage counter of +each PCI device is incremented by local_pci_probe() before executing the +probe callback provided by the device's driver. + +If a PCI driver implements the runtime PM callbacks and intends to use the +runtime PM framework provided by the PM core and the PCI subsystem, it needs +to decrement the device's runtime PM usage counter in its probe callback +function. If it doesn't do that, the counter will always be different from +zero for the device and it will never be runtime-suspended. The simplest +way to do that is by calling pm_runtime_put_noidle(), but if the driver +wants to schedule an autosuspend right away, for example, it may call +pm_runtime_put_autosuspend() instead for this purpose. Generally, it +just needs to call a function that decrements the devices usage counter +from its probe routine to make runtime PM work for the device. + +It is important to remember that the driver's runtime_suspend() callback +may be executed right after the usage counter has been decremented, because +user space may already have cuased the pm_runtime_allow() helper function +unblocking the runtime PM of the device to run via sysfs, so the driver must +be prepared to cope with that. + +The driver itself should not call pm_runtime_allow(), though. Instead, it +should let user space or some platform-specific code do that (user space can +do it via sysfs as stated above), but it must be prepared to handle the runtime PM of the device correctly as soon as pm_runtime_allow() is called -(which may happen at any time). [It also is possible that user space causes -pm_runtime_allow() to be called via sysfs before the driver is loaded, so in -fact the driver has to be prepared to handle the runtime PM of the device as -soon as it calls pm_runtime_enable().] +(which may happen at any time, even before the driver is loaded). + +When the driver's remove callback runs, it has to balance the decrementation +of the device's runtime PM usage counter at the probe time. For this reason, +if it has decremented the counter in its probe callback, it must run +pm_runtime_get_noresume() in its remove callback. [Since the core carries +out a runtime resume of the device and bumps up the device's usage counter +before running the driver's remove callback, the runtime PM of the device +is effectively disabled for the duration of the remove execution and all +runtime PM helper functions incrementing the device's usage counter are +then effectively equivalent to pm_runtime_get_noresume().] The runtime PM framework works by processing requests to suspend or resume devices, or to check if they are idle (in which cases it is reasonable to diff --git a/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c b/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c index 2bc8abc57fa0..6c6247aaa7b9 100644 --- a/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c +++ b/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ #define _GNU_SOURCE +#define __SANE_USERSPACE_TYPES__ /* For PPC64, to get LL64 types */ #include <errno.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <inttypes.h> diff --git a/Documentation/security/Smack.txt b/Documentation/security/Smack.txt index 5e6d07fbed07..945cc633d883 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/Smack.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/Smack.txt @@ -255,6 +255,16 @@ unconfined the access permitted if it wouldn't be otherwise. Note that this is dangerous and can ruin the proper labeling of your system. It should never be used in production. +relabel-self + This interface contains a list of labels to which the process can + transition to, by writing to /proc/self/attr/current. + Normally a process can change its own label to any legal value, but only + if it has CAP_MAC_ADMIN. This interface allows a process without + CAP_MAC_ADMIN to relabel itself to one of labels from predefined list. + A process without CAP_MAC_ADMIN can change its label only once. When it + does, this list will be cleared. + The values are set by writing the desired labels, separated + by spaces, to the file or cleared by writing "-" to the file. If you are using the smackload utility you can add access rules in /etc/smack/accesses. They take the form: diff --git a/Documentation/security/keys.txt b/Documentation/security/keys.txt index c9e7f4f223a5..8c183873b2b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/keys.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/keys.txt @@ -1049,12 +1049,12 @@ search a specific keyring, so using keyrings in this way is of limited utility. NOTES ON ACCESSING PAYLOAD CONTENTS =================================== -The simplest payload is just a number in key->payload.value. In this case, -there's no need to indulge in RCU or locking when accessing the payload. +The simplest payload is just data stored in key->payload directly. In this +case, there's no need to indulge in RCU or locking when accessing the payload. -More complex payload contents must be allocated and a pointer to them set in -key->payload.data. One of the following ways must be selected to access the -data: +More complex payload contents must be allocated and pointers to them set in the +key->payload.data[] array. One of the following ways must be selected to +access the data: (1) Unmodifiable key type. @@ -1092,6 +1092,13 @@ data: the payload. key->datalen cannot be relied upon to be consistent with the payload just dereferenced if the key's semaphore is not held. + Note that key->payload.data[0] has a shadow that is marked for __rcu + usage. This is called key->payload.rcu_data0. The following accessors + wrap the RCU calls to this element: + + rcu_assign_keypointer(struct key *key, void *data); + void *rcu_dereference_key(struct key *key); + =================== DEFINING A KEY TYPE @@ -1143,8 +1150,7 @@ The structure has a number of fields, some of which are mandatory: struct key_preparsed_payload { char *description; - void *type_data[2]; - void *payload; + union key_payload payload; const void *data; size_t datalen; size_t quotalen; @@ -1160,10 +1166,9 @@ The structure has a number of fields, some of which are mandatory: attached as a string to the description field. This will be used for the key description if the caller of add_key() passes NULL or "". - The method can attach anything it likes to type_data[] and payload. These - are merely passed along to the instantiate() or update() operations. If - set, the expiry time will be applied to the key if it is instantiated from - this data. + The method can attach anything it likes to payload. This is merely passed + along to the instantiate() or update() operations. If set, the expiry + time will be applied to the key if it is instantiated from this data. The method should return 0 if successful or a negative error code otherwise. @@ -1172,11 +1177,10 @@ The structure has a number of fields, some of which are mandatory: (*) void (*free_preparse)(struct key_preparsed_payload *prep); This method is only required if the preparse() method is provided, - otherwise it is unused. It cleans up anything attached to the - description, type_data and payload fields of the key_preparsed_payload - struct as filled in by the preparse() method. It will always be called - after preparse() returns successfully, even if instantiate() or update() - succeed. + otherwise it is unused. It cleans up anything attached to the description + and payload fields of the key_preparsed_payload struct as filled in by the + preparse() method. It will always be called after preparse() returns + successfully, even if instantiate() or update() succeed. (*) int (*instantiate)(struct key *key, struct key_preparsed_payload *prep); @@ -1197,6 +1201,11 @@ The structure has a number of fields, some of which are mandatory: It is safe to sleep in this method. + generic_key_instantiate() is provided to simply copy the data from + prep->payload.data[] to key->payload.data[], with RCU-safe assignment on + the first element. It will then clear prep->payload.data[] so that the + free_preparse method doesn't release the data. + (*) int (*update)(struct key *key, const void *data, size_t datalen); diff --git a/Documentation/serial/driver b/Documentation/serial/driver index c415b0ef4493..379468e12680 100644 --- a/Documentation/serial/driver +++ b/Documentation/serial/driver @@ -439,11 +439,13 @@ Modem control lines via GPIO Some helpers are provided in order to set/get modem control lines via GPIO. -mctrl_gpio_init(dev, idx): +mctrl_gpio_init(port, idx): This will get the {cts,rts,...}-gpios from device tree if they are present and request them, set direction etc, and return an allocated structure. devm_* functions are used, so there's no need to call mctrl_gpio_free(). + As this sets up the irq handling make sure to not handle changes to the + gpio input lines in your driver, too. mctrl_gpio_free(dev, gpios): This will free the requested gpios in mctrl_gpio_init(). @@ -458,3 +460,9 @@ mctrl_gpio_set(gpios, mctrl): mctrl_gpio_get(gpios, mctrl): This will update mctrl with the gpios values. + +mctrl_gpio_enable_ms(gpios): + Enables irqs and handling of changes to the ms lines. + +mctrl_gpio_disable_ms(gpios): + Disables irqs and handling of changes to the ms lines. diff --git a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt index 973c8ad3f959..bc3842dc323a 100644 --- a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt +++ b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt @@ -39,8 +39,13 @@ TTY side interfaces: open() - Called when the line discipline is attached to the terminal. No other call into the line discipline for this tty will occur until it - completes successfully. Returning an error will - prevent the ldisc from being attached. Can sleep. + completes successfully. Should initialize any + state needed by the ldisc, and set receive_room + in the tty_struct to the maximum amount of data + the line discipline is willing to accept from the + driver with a single call to receive_buf(). + Returning an error will prevent the ldisc from + being attached. Can sleep. close() - This is called on a terminal when the line discipline is being unplugged. At the point of @@ -52,9 +57,16 @@ hangup() - Called when the tty line is hung up. No further calls into the ldisc code will occur. The return value is ignored. Can sleep. -write() - A process is writing data through the line - discipline. Multiple write calls are serialized - by the tty layer for the ldisc. May sleep. +read() - (optional) A process requests reading data from + the line. Multiple read calls may occur in parallel + and the ldisc must deal with serialization issues. + If not defined, the process will receive an EIO + error. May sleep. + +write() - (optional) A process requests writing data to the + line. Multiple write calls are serialized by the + tty layer for the ldisc. If not defined, the + process will receive an EIO error. May sleep. flush_buffer() - (optional) May be called at any point between open and close, and instructs the line discipline @@ -69,27 +81,33 @@ set_termios() - (optional) Called on termios structure changes. termios semaphore so allowed to sleep. Serialized against itself only. -read() - Move data from the line discipline to the user. - Multiple read calls may occur in parallel and the - ldisc must deal with serialization issues. May - sleep. - -poll() - Check the status for the poll/select calls. Multiple - poll calls may occur in parallel. May sleep. +poll() - (optional) Check the status for the poll/select + calls. Multiple poll calls may occur in parallel. + May sleep. -ioctl() - Called when an ioctl is handed to the tty layer - that might be for the ldisc. Multiple ioctl calls - may occur in parallel. May sleep. +ioctl() - (optional) Called when an ioctl is handed to the + tty layer that might be for the ldisc. Multiple + ioctl calls may occur in parallel. May sleep. -compat_ioctl() - Called when a 32 bit ioctl is handed to the tty layer - that might be for the ldisc. Multiple ioctl calls - may occur in parallel. May sleep. +compat_ioctl() - (optional) Called when a 32 bit ioctl is handed + to the tty layer that might be for the ldisc. + Multiple ioctl calls may occur in parallel. + May sleep. Driver Side Interfaces: -receive_buf() - Hand buffers of bytes from the driver to the ldisc - for processing. Semantics currently rather - mysterious 8( +receive_buf() - (optional) Called by the low-level driver to hand + a buffer of received bytes to the ldisc for + processing. The number of bytes is guaranteed not + to exceed the current value of tty->receive_room. + All bytes must be processed. + +receive_buf2() - (optional) Called by the low-level driver to hand + a buffer of received bytes to the ldisc for + processing. Returns the number of bytes processed. + + If both receive_buf() and receive_buf2() are + defined, receive_buf2() should be preferred. write_wakeup() - May be called at any point between open and close. The TTY_DO_WRITE_WAKEUP flag indicates if a call diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt index 6294b5186ae5..809ab6efcc74 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt @@ -54,13 +54,15 @@ default_qdisc -------------- The default queuing discipline to use for network devices. This allows -overriding the default queue discipline of pfifo_fast with an -alternative. Since the default queuing discipline is created with the -no additional parameters so is best suited to queuing disciplines that -work well without configuration like stochastic fair queue (sfq), -CoDel (codel) or fair queue CoDel (fq_codel). Don't use queuing disciplines -like Hierarchical Token Bucket or Deficit Round Robin which require setting -up classes and bandwidths. +overriding the default of pfifo_fast with an alternative. Since the default +queuing discipline is created without additional parameters so is best suited +to queuing disciplines that work well without configuration like stochastic +fair queue (sfq), CoDel (codel) or fair queue CoDel (fq_codel). Don't use +queuing disciplines like Hierarchical Token Bucket or Deficit Round Robin +which require setting up classes and bandwidths. Note that physical multiqueue +interfaces still use mq as root qdisc, which in turn uses this default for its +leaves. Virtual devices (like e.g. lo or veth) ignore this setting and instead +default to noqueue. Default: pfifo_fast busy_read diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt b/Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt index c3797b529991..a1ce2235f121 100644 --- a/Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt +++ b/Documentation/thermal/power_allocator.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Power allocator governor tunables Trip points ----------- -The governor requires the following two passive trip points: +The governor works optimally with the following two passive trip points: 1. "switch on" trip point: temperature above which the governor control loop starts operating. This is the first passive trip diff --git a/Documentation/trace/intel_th.txt b/Documentation/trace/intel_th.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f7fc5ba5df8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/trace/intel_th.txt @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +Intel(R) Trace Hub (TH) +======================= + +Overview +-------- + +Intel(R) Trace Hub (TH) is a set of hardware blocks that produce, +switch and output trace data from multiple hardware and software +sources over several types of trace output ports encoded in System +Trace Protocol (MIPI STPv2) and is intended to perform full system +debugging. For more information on the hardware, see Intel(R) Trace +Hub developer's manual [1]. + +It consists of trace sources, trace destinations (outputs) and a +switch (Global Trace Hub, GTH). These devices are placed on a bus of +their own ("intel_th"), where they can be discovered and configured +via sysfs attributes. + +Currently, the following Intel TH subdevices (blocks) are supported: + - Software Trace Hub (STH), trace source, which is a System Trace + Module (STM) device, + - Memory Storage Unit (MSU), trace output, which allows storing + trace hub output in system memory, + - Parallel Trace Interface output (PTI), trace output to an external + debug host via a PTI port, + - Global Trace Hub (GTH), which is a switch and a central component + of Intel(R) Trace Hub architecture. + +Common attributes for output devices are described in +Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices, the most +notable of them is "active", which enables or disables trace output +into that particular output device. + +GTH allows directing different STP masters into different output ports +via its "masters" attribute group. More detailed GTH interface +description is at Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth. + +STH registers an stm class device, through which it provides interface +to userspace and kernelspace software trace sources. See +Documentation/tracing/stm.txt for more information on that. + +MSU can be configured to collect trace data into a system memory +buffer, which can later on be read from its device nodes via read() or +mmap() interface. + +On the whole, Intel(R) Trace Hub does not require any special +userspace software to function; everything can be configured, started +and collected via sysfs attributes, and device nodes. + +[1] https://software.intel.com/sites/default/files/managed/d3/3c/intel-th-developer-manual.pdf + +Bus and Subdevices +------------------ + +For each Intel TH device in the system a bus of its own is +created and assigned an id number that reflects the order in which TH +devices were emumerated. All TH subdevices (devices on intel_th bus) +begin with this id: 0-gth, 0-msc0, 0-msc1, 0-pti, 0-sth, which is +followed by device's name and an optional index. + +Output devices also get a device node in /dev/intel_thN, where N is +the Intel TH device id. For example, MSU's memory buffers, when +allocated, are accessible via /dev/intel_th0/msc{0,1}. + +Quick example +------------- + +# figure out which GTH port is the first memory controller: + +$ cat /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/0-msc0/port +0 + +# looks like it's port 0, configure master 33 to send data to port 0: + +$ echo 0 > /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/0-gth/masters/33 + +# allocate a 2-windowed multiblock buffer on the first memory +# controller, each with 64 pages: + +$ echo multi > /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/0-msc0/mode +$ echo 64,64 > /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/0-msc0/nr_pages + +# enable wrapping for this controller, too: + +$ echo 1 > /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/0-msc0/wrap + +# and enable tracing into this port: + +$ echo 1 > /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/0-msc0/active + +# .. send data to master 33, see stm.txt for more details .. +# .. wait for traces to pile up .. +# .. and stop the trace: + +$ echo 0 > /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/0-msc0/active + +# and now you can collect the trace from the device node: + +$ cat /dev/intel_th0/msc0 > my_stp_trace diff --git a/Documentation/trace/stm.txt b/Documentation/trace/stm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ea035f9dbfd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/trace/stm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +System Trace Module +=================== + +System Trace Module (STM) is a device described in MIPI STP specs as +STP trace stream generator. STP (System Trace Protocol) is a trace +protocol multiplexing data from multiple trace sources, each one of +which is assigned a unique pair of master and channel. While some of +these masters and channels are statically allocated to certain +hardware trace sources, others are available to software. Software +trace sources are usually free to pick for themselves any +master/channel combination from this pool. + +On the receiving end of this STP stream (the decoder side), trace +sources can only be identified by master/channel combination, so in +order for the decoder to be able to make sense of the trace that +involves multiple trace sources, it needs to be able to map those +master/channel pairs to the trace sources that it understands. + +For instance, it is helpful to know that syslog messages come on +master 7 channel 15, while arbitrary user applications can use masters +48 to 63 and channels 0 to 127. + +To solve this mapping problem, stm class provides a policy management +mechanism via configfs, that allows defining rules that map string +identifiers to ranges of masters and channels. If these rules (policy) +are consistent with what decoder expects, it will be able to properly +process the trace data. + +This policy is a tree structure containing rules (policy_node) that +have a name (string identifier) and a range of masters and channels +associated with it, located in "stp-policy" subsystem directory in +configfs. The topmost directory's name (the policy) is formatted as +the STM device name to which this policy applies and and arbitrary +string identifier separated by a stop. From the examle above, a rule +may look like this: + +$ ls /config/stp-policy/dummy_stm.my-policy/user +channels masters +$ cat /config/stp-policy/dummy_stm.my-policy/user/masters +48 63 +$ cat /config/stp-policy/dummy_stm.my-policy/user/channels +0 127 + +which means that the master allocation pool for this rule consists of +masters 48 through 63 and channel allocation pool has channels 0 +through 127 in it. Now, any producer (trace source) identifying itself +with "user" identification string will be allocated a master and +channel from within these ranges. + +These rules can be nested, for example, one can define a rule "dummy" +under "user" directory from the example above and this new rule will +be used for trace sources with the id string of "user/dummy". + +Trace sources have to open the stm class device's node and write their +trace data into its file descriptor. In order to identify themselves +to the policy, they need to do a STP_POLICY_ID_SET ioctl on this file +descriptor providing their id string. Otherwise, they will be +automatically allocated a master/channel pair upon first write to this +file descriptor according to the "default" rule of the policy, if such +exists. + +Some STM devices may allow direct mapping of the channel mmio regions +to userspace for zero-copy writing. One mappable page (in terms of +mmu) will usually contain multiple channels' mmios, so the user will +need to allocate that many channels to themselves (via the +aforementioned ioctl() call) to be able to do this. That is, if your +stm device's channel mmio region is 64 bytes and hardware page size is +4096 bytes, after a successful STP_POLICY_ID_SET ioctl() call with +width==64, you should be able to mmap() one page on this file +descriptor and obtain direct access to an mmio region for 64 channels. + +For kernel-based trace sources, there is "stm_source" device +class. Devices of this class can be connected and disconnected to/from +stm devices at runtime via a sysfs attribute. + +Examples of STM devices are Intel(R) Trace Hub [1] and Coresight STM +[2]. + +[1] https://software.intel.com/sites/default/files/managed/d3/3c/intel-th-developer-manual.pdf +[2] http://infocenter.arm.com/help/index.jsp?topic=/com.arm.doc.ddi0444b/index.html diff --git a/Documentation/usb/authorization.txt b/Documentation/usb/authorization.txt index c069b6884c77..c7e985f05d8f 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/authorization.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/authorization.txt @@ -90,3 +90,34 @@ etc, but you get the idea. Anybody with access to a device gadget kit can fake descriptors and device info. Don't trust that. You are welcome. + +Interface authorization +----------------------- +There is a similar approach to allow or deny specific USB interfaces. +That allows to block only a subset of an USB device. + +Authorize an interface: +$ echo 1 > /sys/bus/usb/devices/INTERFACE/authorized + +Deauthorize an interface: +$ echo 0 > /sys/bus/usb/devices/INTERFACE/authorized + +The default value for new interfaces +on a particular USB bus can be changed, too. + +Allow interfaces per default: +$ echo 1 > /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/interface_authorized_default + +Deny interfaces per default: +$ echo 0 > /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/interface_authorized_default + +Per default the interface_authorized_default bit is 1. +So all interfaces would authorized per default. + +Note: +If a deauthorized interface will be authorized so the driver probing must +be triggered manually by writing INTERFACE to /sys/bus/usb/drivers_probe + +For drivers that need multiple interfaces all needed interfaces should be +authroized first. After that the drivers should be probed. +This avoids side effects. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 index f4b395bdc090..282102014bb9 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 @@ -193,3 +193,4 @@ 192 -> AverMedia AverTV Satellite Hybrid+FM A706 [1461:2055] 193 -> WIS Voyager or compatible [1905:7007] 194 -> AverMedia AverTV/505 [1461:a10a] +195 -> Leadtek Winfast TV2100 FM [107d:6f3a] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c index 9c80c090e92d..95ae82860092 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c @@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ #include <media/v4l2-dv-timings.h> #include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h> #include <media/v4l2-event.h> +#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h> #include <media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h> MODULE_DESCRIPTION("V4L2 PCI Skeleton Driver"); @@ -162,10 +163,11 @@ static irqreturn_t skeleton_irq(int irq, void *dev_id) * minimum number: many DMA engines need a minimum of 2 buffers in the * queue and you need to have another available for userspace processing. */ -static int queue_setup(struct vb2_queue *vq, const struct v4l2_format *fmt, +static int queue_setup(struct vb2_queue *vq, const void *parg, unsigned int *nbuffers, unsigned int *nplanes, unsigned int sizes[], void *alloc_ctxs[]) { + const struct v4l2_format *fmt = parg; struct skeleton *skel = vb2_get_drv_priv(vq); skel->field = skel->format.field; diff --git a/Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq b/Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq index 884dc284b215..234522709a5f 100644 --- a/Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq +++ b/Documentation/w1/masters/omap-hdq @@ -44,3 +44,9 @@ e.g: insmod omap_hdq.ko W1_ID=2 inamod w1_bq27000.ko F_ID=2 +The driver also supports 1-wire mode. In this mode, there is no need to +pass slave ID as parameter. The driver will auto-detect slaves connected +to the bus using SEARCH_ROM procedure. 1-wire mode can be selected by +setting "ti,mode" property to "1w" in DT (see +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/omap-hdq.txt for more details). +By default driver is in HDQ mode. |